manualshive.com logo in svg

Aastra 6700i Series, Administrator'S Manual

The Aastra 6700i Series is an innovative and user-friendly communication device. Enhance your user experience with our detailed Instruction Manual, available for free download. Easily access this manual from manualshive.com, empowering you to make the most of this exceptional product.

Share
Download
background image

41-001343-01 Rev 02, Release 3.2.2 

1-3

Optional Accessories (for all 9000i and 6700i IP Phones)

The following are optional accessories for the IP Phones.

A Power over Ethernet (PoE) inline power injector supplies 48V power to the IP phone through 
the Ethernet cable on pins 4 & 5 and 7 & 8.

Warning: 

Do not use this inline PoE power injector to power other 

devices. See your phone-specific Installation Guide for more information.

6730i

6739i

6755i

6757i

6757i CT

6753i

6731i

6735i

6737i

Power over Ethernet (PoE)

Additional Ethernet Cable
(category 5/5e straight through

Inline Power Injector

cable)

Summary of Contents for 6700i Series

Page 1: ...Aastra Models 6700i and 9000i Series IP SIP Phones Administrator Guide Release 3 2 2 41 001343 01 REV02 11 2011 ...

Page 2: ...cribe translate or reduce to electronic medium or machine readable form or language derive source code without the express written consent of the Seller and its Suppliers or disseminate or otherwise disclose the Software to third parties All Software furnished hereunder whether or not part of firmware including all copies thereof are and shall remain the property of Seller and its Suppliers and ar...

Page 3: ......

Page 4: ... 1 20 Model 6755i IP Phone 1 23 Model 6757i and 6757i CT IP Phones 1 26 Model 9143i IP Phone 1 31 Model 9480i and 9480i CT IP Phones 1 34 Firmware Installation Information 1 39 Description 1 39 Installation Considerations 1 39 Installation Requirements 1 40 Configuration Server Requirement 1 41 Firmware and Configuration Files 1 42 Description 1 42 Configuration File Precedence 1 43 Installing the...

Page 5: ... 60 Softkeys Programmable Keys Expansion Module Keys 3 61 Action URI 3 62 Configuration Server Settings 3 64 Firmware Update Features 3 69 TLS Support 3 70 802 1x Support 3 73 Troubleshooting 3 75 Chapter 4 Configuring Network and Session Initiation Protocol SIP Features Overview 4 2 Network Settings 4 3 Basic Network Settings 4 3 Advanced Network Settings 4 30 Global SIP Settings 4 65 Description...

Page 6: ...Phone Keys 5 59 Locking Unlocking the SAVE and DELETE keys 6753i 5 60 Local Dial Plan 5 62 Suppressing DTMF Playback 5 66 Display DTMF Digits 5 68 Filter Out Incoming DTMF Events 5 70 Call Waiting 5 71 Stuttered Dial Tone 5 76 XML Beep Support 5 77 Status Scroll Delay 5 78 Incoming Call Interrupts Dialing 5 79 Switch Focus to Ringing Line 5 82 Call Hold Reminder During Active Calls 5 84 Call Hold ...

Page 7: ...iption Period 5 181 Directed Call Pickup Group Call Pickup for Sylantro Servers 5 183 Do Not Disturb DND 5 188 Bridged Line Appearance BLA 5 201 BLA Support for Third Party Registration 5 206 P Preferred Identity Header for BLA Accounts 5 207 BLA Support for Message Waiting Indicator MWI 5 207 Shared Call Appearance SCA Call Bridging 5 209 Park Pick Up Softkey 5 213 Last Call Return lcr Sylantro S...

Page 8: ... Event Subscription 6 16 Blacklist Duration 6 22 Whitelist Proxy 6 24 Transport Layer Security TLS 6 26 802 1x Support 6 30 Symmetric UDP Signaling 6 38 Removing UserAgent and Server SIP Headers 6 39 GRUU and sip instance Support 6 40 Multi Stage Digit Collection Billing Codes Support for Sylantro Servers 6 41 Configurable DNS Queries 6 43 Ignore Out of Sequence Errors 6 46 Early Only Parameter in...

Page 9: ...rash File Retreival 9 15 Troubleshooting Solutions 9 19 Description 9 19 Why does my phone display Application missing 9 19 Why does my phone display the No Service message 9 20 Why does my phone display Bad Encrypted Config 9 20 Why is my phone not receiving the TFTP IP address from the DHCP Server 9 21 How do I restart the IP phone 9 22 How do I set the IP phone to factory default 9 23 How do I ...

Page 10: ...i 6757i CT A 65 Brightness Level Settings 6739i A 66 Background Image on Idle Screen 6739i A 67 Picture ID Feature 6739i A 67 DHSG Settings 6735i 6737i 6753i 6755i 6757i 6757i CT A 68 Live Dialpad Settings A 68 SIP Local Dial Plan Settings A 69 SIP Outbound Support A 71 Contact Header Matching A 72 SIP Basic Global Settings A 73 Backup Outbound Proxy Global Settings A 82 SIP Basic Per Line Setting...

Page 11: ...ine A 154 Call Hold Reminder During Active Calls A 154 Call Hold Reminder A 155 Call Hold Reminder Timer A 155 Call Hold Reminder Frequency A 156 Preferred Line and Preferred Line Timeout A 157 Goodbye Key Cancels Incoming Call A 158 Stuttered Dial Tone Setting A 159 Message Waiting Indicator Settings A 159 Message Waiting Indicator Request URI Setting A 160 DND Key Mode Settings A 161 Priority Al...

Page 12: ...cking Softkeys and Programmable Keys A 229 Locking the SAVE and DLETE Keys 6753i A 232 Enabling Disabling Ability to Add Edit Speeddial Keys A 233 BLF List URI Settings A 233 Customizing M675i Expansion Module Column Display A 234 Expansion Module 1 through 3 A 234 Advanced Operational Parameters A 236 Blind Transfer Setting A 236 Semi Attended Transfer Settings A 236 Update Caller ID Setting A 23...

Page 13: ...sterisk IP PBX IP Phone at the Asterisk IP PBX B 2 Appendix C Sample Configuration Files Sample Configuration Files C 2 6757i Sample Configuration File C 2 6757i CT Sample Configuration File C 10 6753i Sample Configuration File C 23 Appendix D Sample BLF Softkey Settings Sample BLF Softkey Settings D 2 Asterisk BLF D 2 BroadSoft BroadWorks BLF D 3 Appendix E Sample Multiple Proxy Server Configurat...

Page 14: ...configuration of the IP phones Audience This guide is for network administrators system administrators developers and partners who need to understand how to operate and maintain the IP phone on a SIP network It also provides some user specific information This guide contains information that is at a technical level more suitable for system or network administrators Prior knowledge of IP Telephony ...

Page 15: ...700i Series SIP IP Phone Administrator Guide explains how to set the phone up on the network as well as advanced configuration instructions for the SIP IP phone This guide contains information that is at a technical level more suitable for a system or network administrator Model specific SIP IP Phone User Guides explains the most commonly used features and functions for an end user This Administra...

Page 16: ...the Network and Global SIP Features on the IP Phone Chapter 4 Configuring operational information on the IP Phones Chapter 5 Configuring advanced operational information on the IP Phones Chapter 6 Encryption information Chapter 7 Firmware upgrade information Chapter 8 Troubleshooting solutions Chapter 9 Configuration parameters Appendix A Configuring the IP Phones at the Asterisk PBX Appendix B Sa...

Page 17: ......

Page 18: ...ge 1 5 Model 6731i IP Phone page 1 8 Model 6735i IP Phone page 1 11 Model 6737i IP Phone page 1 14 Model 6739i IP Phone page 1 26 Model 6753i IP Phone page 1 20 Model 6755i IP Phone page 1 23 Model 6757i and 6757i CT IP Phones page 1 26 Model 9143i IP Phone page 1 31 Model 9480i and 9480i CT IP Phones page 1 34 Firmware Installation Information page 1 39 Installation Considerations page 1 39 Insta...

Page 19: ...0i CT and 6757i CT offers the base phone along with a cordless extension References For more information about the features and installation requirements see the SIP IP Phone Installation Guide for your specific model The following illustrations show the types of IP Phone Models Op tions Directory De lete Save Mute Xfer Conf L2 L3 L1 Co nf Service s Xfer Ico m Hold Redial Go od bye Op tio ns 9480i...

Page 20: ...njector supplies 48V power to the IP phone through the Ethernet cable on pins 4 5 and 7 8 Warning Do not use this inline PoE power injector to power other devices See your phone specific Installation Guide for more information 6730i 6739i 6755i 6757i 6757i CT 6753i 6731i 6735i 6737i Power over Ethernet PoE Additional Ethernet Cable category 5 5e straight through Inline Power Injector cable ...

Page 21: ...and 6757i CT The M670i provides paper labels for each softkey Up to 3 modules can be piggy backed to provide up to 108 additional softkeys for the phone The M675i module adds 60 additional softkeys to the IP phone models 6735i 6737i 6739i 6755i 6757i and 6757i CT using the 3 function keys on the bottom right of the unit The M675i module provides an LCD display for display softkey labels Up to 3 mo...

Page 22: ...ypad or a text keypad 6730i Phone Features Symbol and Text 3 line LCD screen 8 programmable top keys Press and hold speed dial key configuration feature Supports up to 6 call lines with LEDs Full duplex speakerphone for handsfree calls Headset mode support via handset jack AC power adapter included Enhanced busy lamp fields Set paging Availability of feature dependant on your phone system or servi...

Page 23: ... let you scroll through menu selections such as the Options List Pressing the LEFT and RIGHT arrow keys lets you view the different line call appearances While in the Options List these keys allow you to exit or enter the current option When you are editing entries on the display pressing the LEFT arrow key erases the character on the left pressing the RIGHT arrow key sets the option Speaker key T...

Page 24: ...ows you to save numbers preconfigured and or names to the Directory Using this key you enter the number name and line or speed dial key to record in the Directory List 6 DELETE Allows you to delete entries preconfigured from the Directory List and Callers List Must enter the Directory or Callers list and select an entry then press twice to delete entry 7 DIRECTORY Displays up to 200 names preconfi...

Page 25: ...p keys Press and hold speed dial key configuration feature Supports up to 6 call lines with LEDs Full duplex speakerphone for handsfree calls Headset mode support via handset jack Built in two port 10 100 Ethernet ports lets you share a connection with your computer Inline power support based on 802 3af standard which eliminates power adapters AC power adapter optional equipment not included Enhan...

Page 26: ... let you scroll through menu selections such as the Options List Pressing the LEFT and RIGHT arrow keys lets you view the different line call appearances While in the Options List these keys allow you to exit or enter the current option When you are editing entries on the display pressing the LEFT arrow key erases the character on the left pressing the RIGHT arrow key sets the option Speaker key T...

Page 27: ...bers preconfigured and or names to the Directory Using this key you enter the number name and line or speed dial key to record in the Directory List 6 DELETE Allows you to delete entries preconfigured from the Directory List and Callers List Must enter the Directory or Callers list and select an entry then press twice to delete entry 7 DIRECTORY Displays up to 200 names preconfigured and phone num...

Page 28: ...12 programmable keys 6 programmable hard keys on the top 6 programmable state based softkeys on the bottom 4 call appearance lines with LEDs Press and Hold speed dial key configuration feature Supports up to 9 call lines Full duplex speakerphone for handsfree calls Headset support modular connector Built in two port 10 100 1000 Ethernet switch lets you share a connection with your computer Inline ...

Page 29: ...phone supports up to 4 line keys Handsfree key Activates Handsfree for making and receiving calls without lifting the handset When the audio mode option is set this key is used to switch between a headset and the handsfree speakerphone Mute key Mutes the microphone so that your caller cannot hear you the light indicator flashes when the microphone is on mute Navigation keys Pressing the UP and DOW...

Page 30: ... assigned function Note For more information about configuring the programmable keys 1 through 6 to perform specific functions see Chapter 5 Configuring Operational Features the section Softkeys Programmable Keys Feature Keys Expansion Module Keys on page 5 135 Softkeys 6 Bottom keys programmable state based softkeys up to 20 programmable functions By default the bottom softkeys 2 through 6 have n...

Page 31: ...softkeys 6 Top Keys programmable static softkeys 6 Bottom Keys programmable state based softkeys 4 call appearance lines with LEDs Press and Hold speed dial key configuration feature Supports up to 9 call lines Full duplex speakerphone for handsfree calls Headset support modular connector Built in two port 10 100 1000 Ethernet switch lets you share a connection with your computer Inline power supp...

Page 32: ...phone supports up to 4 line keys Handsfree key Activates Handsfree for making and receiving calls without lifting the handset When the audio mode option is set this key is used to switch between a headset and the handsfree speakerphone Mute key Mutes the microphone so that your caller cannot hear you the light indicator flashes when the microphone is on mute Navigation keys Pressing the UP and DOW...

Page 33: ... Displays up to 200 names and phone numbers stored in alphabetical order 3 CALLERS LIST Accesses the last 200 calls received 4 ICOM Accesses another extension on the network 5 NONE No assigned function 6 NONE No assigned function 7 NONE No assigned function By default the bottom softkeys 8 through 12 have no assigned functions You can configure all 6 bottom softkeys to perform specific functions o...

Page 34: ...0 1000 Gigabit Ethernet switch ports lets you share a connection with your computer Inline power support based on 802 3af Power over Ethernet PoE standard which eliminates power adapters Built in Bluetooth technology for headset support Existing 675xi Expansion Module support USB port support for future use Aastra Hi Q Audio Technology Full duplex speakerphone for handsfree calls Additional headse...

Page 35: ...alls received by the phone Directory Key Accesses a directory of names and phone numbers stored in alphabetical order Services Key Accesses enhanced features and services set up by your System Administrator Conference Key Begins a conference call with the active call Transfer Key Transfers the active call to another number Hold Key Places an active call on hold To retrieve a held call press the ca...

Page 36: ...nd receiving calls without lifting the handset When the audio mode option is set this key is used to switch between a headset and the handsfree speakerphone Volume Control Key Adjusts the volume for the handset headset ringer and handsfree speaker Mute key Mutes the microphone so that your caller cannot hear you the light indicator flashes when the microphone is on mute Symbol Keys Text Keys Key D...

Page 37: ...ures Symbol and Text 3 line LCD screen 6 programmable top keys 3 call appearance lines with LEDs Press and Hold speed dial key configuration feature Supports up to 9 call lines Full duplex speakerphone for handsfree calls Headset support modular connector Built in two port 10 100 Ethernet ports lets you share a connection with your computer AC power adapter included Enhanced busy lamp fields Set p...

Page 38: ...Aastra 6753i IP phone supports up to 3 line keys Handsfree key Activates Handsfree for making and receiving calls without lifting the handset When the audio mode option is set this key is used to switch between a headset and the handsfree speakerphone Mute key Mutes the microphone so that your caller cannot hear you the light indicator flashes when the microphone is on mute Navigation keys Pressin...

Page 39: ...cord in the Directory List 2 DELETE Allows you to delete a single entry or all entries fromthe Directory List and Callers List 3 DIRECTORY Displays up to 200 names and phone numbers stored in alphabetical order 4 CALLERS LIST Accesses the last 200 calls received 5 TRANSFER Transfers the active call to another number 6 CONFERENCE Begins a conference call with the active call Notes 1 For more inform...

Page 40: ...mable keys 6 programmable hard keys on the top 6 programmable state based softkeys on the bottom 4 call appearance lines with LEDs Press and Hold speed dial key configuration feature Supports up to 9 call lines Full duplex speakerphone for handsfree calls Headset support modular connector Built in two port 10 100 Ethernet switch lets you share a connection with your computer Inline power support b...

Page 41: ...previously dialed numbers Pressing the Redial key twice simultaneously redials the last dialed number Volume control key Adjusts the volume for the handset headset ringer and handsfree speaker Line Call Appearance key Connects you to a line or call The Aastra 6755i IP phone supports up to 4 line keys Handsfree key Activates Handsfree for making and receiving calls without lifting the handset When ...

Page 42: ...ces such as XML applications and voicemail provided by third parties 2 DIRECTORY Displays up to 200 names and phone numbers stored in alphabetical order 3 CALLERS LIST Accesses the last 200 calls received 4 ICOM Accesses another extension on the network 5 NONE No assigned function 6 NONE No assigned function Note For more information about configuring the programmable keys 1 through 6 to perform s...

Page 43: ...p Keys programmable static softkeys 6 Bottom Keys programmable state based softkeys 4 call appearance lines with LEDs Press and Hold speed dial key configuration feature Supports up to 9 call lines Full duplex speakerphone for handsfree calls Headset support modular connector Built in two port 10 100 Ethernet switch lets you share a connection with your computer Inline power support based on 802 3...

Page 44: ...7i IP phone supports up to 4 line keys Handsfree key Activates Handsfree for making and receiving calls without lifting the handset When the audio mode option is set this key is used to switch between a headset and the handsfree speakerphone Mute key Mutes the microphone so that your caller cannot hear you the light indicator flashes when the microphone is on mute Navigation keys Pressing the UP a...

Page 45: ...ECTORY Displays up to 200 names and phone numbers stored in alphabetical order 3 CALLERS LIST Accesses the last 200 calls received 4 ICOM Accesses another extension on the network 5 NONE No assigned function 6 NONE No assigned function 7 NONE No assigned function By default the bottom softkeys 8 through 12 have no assigned functions You can configure all 6 bottom softkeys to perform specific funct...

Page 46: ...6757i CT Cordless Handset Features 5 line backlit display screen 2 multi functional softkeys Programmable function key supports up to 14 functions Vibration Alerter Headset Jack Desk charging stand 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 15 9 10 5 11 12 13 15 14 16 ...

Page 47: ...ious lists Adds a space during editing 5 Softkeys Activates feature or option shown on the display above the keys 6 Call key Used to obtain dial tone Also used as a Hold key 7 Dial Pad 8 Mute Key When used prevents the caller from hearing you 9 Headset Jack 10 Status Light 11 Release key To end calls and go on hook Exits Menu and the various lists 12 Menu Key Access key to the different Options Sc...

Page 48: ...uration feature Full duplex speakerphone for handsfree calls Supports up to 9 call lines Headset support modular connector Built in two port 10 100 Ethernet ports lets you share a connection with your computer Inline power support based on 802 3af standard which eliminates power adapters AC power adapter included Enhanced busy lamp fields Set paging Availability of feature dependant on your phone ...

Page 49: ...aces an active call on hold To retrieve a held call press the call appearance button beside the light that is flashing Volume control key Adjusts the volume for the handset headset ringer and handsfree speaker Callers List key Allows you to access the Callers List that stores up to 200 of the last calls received Conference key Allows you to begin a conference call with up to 3 active call parties ...

Page 50: ...other lists stored on your phone Each entry can contain a maximum of 16 letters and numbers Save key Allows you to save entries when storing numbers and names in Directory Also allows you to save Option settings when using the programmable keys Delete key Allows you to remove entries from the Redial Directory or Callers Lists Programmable keys Allows you to use the feature configured for that key ...

Page 51: ...ctor Built in two port 10 100 Ethernet switch lets you share a connection with your computer Inline power support based on 802 3af standard which eliminates power adapters AC power adapter included Enhanced busy lamp fields Set paging Availability of feature dependant on your phone system or service provider 35i 35i Conf onf Servi vices es Xfer er Icom om ABC ABC DEF DEF GHI GHI JKL JKL MNO MNO PQ...

Page 52: ...his key is used to switch between a headset and the handsfree speakerphone Mute key Mutes the microphone so that your caller cannot hear you the light indicator flashes when the microphone is on mute Line Call Appearance key Connects you to a line or call The Aastra 9480i and 9480i CT IP phones support up to 4 line keys Navigation keys Pressing the UP and DOWN arrow keys lets you view different st...

Page 53: ...i CT IP Phones also have default softkey 1 configured as Services Note Availability of the services feature is dependant on your phone system and or service provider Softkeys 6 state based softkeys on the 9480i and 9480i CT IP Phones When you pick up the handset the following displays on key 1 Dial After entering a phone number from the keypad you can press the Dial softkey to immediately dial the...

Page 54: ...9480i CT Cordless Handset Features 5 line backlit display screen 2 multi functional softkeys Programmable function key supports up to 14 functions Vibration Alerter Headset Jack Desk charging stand 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 15 9 10 5 11 12 13 15 14 16 ...

Page 55: ...ature Key List Scrolls up when in the various lists Adds a space during editing 5 Softkeys Activates feature or option shown on the display above the keys 6 Call key Used to obtain dial tone Also used as a Hold key 7 Dial Pad 8 Mute Key When used prevents the caller from hearing you 9 Headset Jack 10 Status Light 11 Release key To end calls and go on hook Exits Menu and the various lists 12 Menu K...

Page 56: ... have the IP phone may download a firmware version automatically or you may need to download it manually Installation Considerations The following considerations must be made before connecting the IP phone to the network If you are planning on using dynamic IP addresses make sure a DHCP server is enabled and running on your network If you are not planning on using dynamic IP addresses see Chapter ...

Page 57: ...Ethernet networks that supply in line power to the phone IEEE 802 3af For power use the Ethernet cable supplied to connect from the phone directly to the network for power No power adapter required For Ethernet networks that DO NOT supply power to the phone For power use the Power Adapter to connect from the DC power port on the phone to a power source or optional For power use a Power over Ethern...

Page 58: ...tore the firmware images that you need to download to your IP phone Stores configuration files for the IP phone Reference To set the protocol for your configuration server see Chapter 4 Configuring Network and Session Initiation Protocol SIP Features the section Configuring the Configuration Server Protocol on page 4 104 To update the firmware on your phone see Chapter 8 Upgrading the Firmware ...

Page 59: ... 9480iCT cfg MAC cfg for example 00085D1610DE cfg This file contains configuration information about the IP Phone The following table provides the files that the phone requests from the configuration server during bootup of the phone Note Automatic download is dependant on your configuration server setup For more information about manual and automatic download of firmware see Chapter 8 Upgrading t...

Page 60: ... in the phone software 2 Values downloaded from the configuration server 3 Values stored locally on the phone The last values to be applied to the phone configuration are the values that take effect For example if a parameter s value is set in the local configuration via Aastra Web UI or IP phone UI and the same value was also set differently in one of the aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg files on the...

Page 61: ...cfg to the root directory of the configuration server Note The mac attribute represents the actual MAC address of your phone i e 00085D030996 cfg The model represents a specific model of phone i e 6757i cfg 4 Note Restart the IP phone as described in Chapter 3 Restarting Your Phone on page 3 14 Step Action ...

Page 62: ...ion server firmware server Leaving this parameter blank downloads all configuration and firmware files from the original configuration server To download all firmware files from another specified server firmware server tftp 10 30 102 158 test1 The above example uses TFTP to download all firmware files that exist in the test1 directory on the specified server to the phones Specifying a Server to Do...

Page 63: ...owing table specifies the files that the original configuration server downloads and the files that another server can download to the phone Files always downloaded from original configuration server are by order All files that can be downloaded from original configuration server OR another specified server are by order security tuz aastra cfg aastra tuz model cfg model tuz mac cfg mac tuz Directo...

Page 64: ...1 directory 2 Language Pack Files language 1 language 2 language 3 language 4 Valid files names you can specify for languages are lang_de txt German lang_dk txt Danish lang_es txt Spanish lang_es_mx txt Mexican Spanish lang_fi txt Finnish lang_fr txt French lang_fr_ca txt Canadian French lang_it txt Italian lang_no txt Norwegian lang_pt txt Portuguese lang_pt_br txt Brazillian Portuguese lang_ru t...

Page 65: ...anguage pack from the path directory on server 1 2 3 4 using port 50 language 1 ftp admin admin 1 2 3 4 50 path lang_de txt Transport Layer Security TLS Certificate Files The following example downloads no local certificate file sips local certificate The following example downloads the local certificate file from the original configuration server sips local certificate phonesLocalCert pem The fol...

Page 66: ...e from the path directory on server 1 2 3 4 using port 50 802 1x local certificate ftp admin admin 1 2 3 4 50 path 8021xlocalCert pem HTTPS User Certificate Files The following example downloads no HTTPS user certificate files https user certificates The following example downloads the HTTPS user certificates for the phone from the original configuration server https user certificates trustedCerts...

Page 67: ......

Page 68: ...or can use to configure the IP phones Topics This chapter covers the following topics Note Features characteristics requirements and configuration that are specific to a particular phone model are indicated where required in this guide Topic Page Configuration Methods page 2 2 IP Phone UI page 2 2 Aastra Web UI page 2 6 Configuration Files Administrator Only page 2 16 ...

Page 69: ... softkeys programmable keys see Chapter 5 the section Softkeys Programmable Keys Feature Keys Expansion Module Keys on page 5 135 Options Key The Options key allows you to access the Options List on the IP phone Accessible options in this list are for both User and Administrator use The Administrator must enter a password for administrator options This document describes the administrator options ...

Page 70: ...i 9480i CT 9480i CT Handset 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 15 9 10 5 11 12 13 15 14 16 Options Key Options Key 9143i Xfer Conf L2 L3 L1 Options Save Delete Directory Mute ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 1 4 3 6 2 5 7 9 8 0 9480i Conf Services Xfer Icom ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 1 4 3 6 2 5 7 9 8 0 Goodbye Options Hold Redial L1 L2 L3 L4 ...

Page 71: ...2 4 41 001343 01 Rev 02 Release 3 2 2 6753i 6755i 6757i 6757i CT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 15 9 10 5 11 12 13 15 14 16 Options Key Options Key Options Key 6730i 6731i 6739i 6757i CT Handset 6735i 6737i ...

Page 72: ... line LCD phones Use the Change softkey to change a selected option 5 Press the Done softkey at any time to save the changes and exit the current option 6 Press the Cancel softkey press 3 press or press any time to exit without saving changes Step Action 1 Press the  key to enter the Options List when the phone is not in use 2 Use the scroll keys  and Ï to scroll the options 3 To select and chan...

Page 73: ...ublayer under its regular HTTP application layering SSL is a commonly used protocol for managing the security of a message transmission on the Internet It uses a 40 bit key size for the RC4 stream encryption algorithm which is considered an adequate degree of encryption for commercial exchange TLS is a protocol that ensures privacy between communicating applications and their users on the Internet...

Page 74: ...ceived over a secure connection Non Blocking HTTP Connections The IP Phones support a non blocking HTTP connection feature This feature allows the user to continue using the phone when there is a delay during an HTTP connection while the phone is waiting for the HTTP server to respond This feature also allows a user to abort the connection and perform other operations on the phone which will abort...

Page 75: ...rtificate then forwards you to the phone s Web UI Reference For more information on configuring the HTTPS protocol see Chapter 4 the sections Configuring the Configuration Server Protocol on page 4 104 HTTPS Client Server Configuration on page 4 41 Notes 1 The private key and certificate generate outside the phone and embed in the phone firmware for use by the HTTPS server during the SSL handshake...

Page 76: ...tra Web UI Use the following procedure to access the Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Open your web browser and enter the phone s IP address or host name into the address field The following is an example of the Login screen that displays IP address or host name ...

Page 77: ...the default username is user and the password field is left blank The IP phones accept numeric passwords only The Network Status window displays for the IP phone you are accessing The following illustration is an example of a Network Status screen for the 6757i IP phone 3 You can logout of the Aastra Web UI at any time by clicking LOGOFF Step Action 6757i Network Status Window ...

Page 78: ...e 9480i 9480i CT 6735i 6737i 6739i 6755i 6757i and 6757i CT Expansion Modules apply to the 6735i 6737i 6739i 6753i 6755i 6757i and 6757i CT only Heading Description User Password Allows you to change user password Applicable to User and Administrator Phone Lock Allows you to assign an emergency dial plan to the phone lock the phone to prevent any changes to the phone and to prevent use of the phon...

Page 79: ...les for your model phone Note Expansion Modules apply to the 6735i 6737i 6739i 6753i 6755i 6757i and 6757i CT only Applicable to User and Administrator Handset Keys 9480i CT and 6757i CT only Allows you to configure up to 15 softkeys on the handset Applicable to User and Administrator Keypad Speed Dial Allows you to configure up to 9 speed dial keys These fields map to the keypad digits 1 through ...

Page 80: ...cator Line DND Key Mode Call Forward Key Mode Use LLDP ELIN This section also allows you to set Outgoing Intercom Settings Admin Only Administrator can enable these for a User if required Incoming Intercom Settings Group Paging RTP Settings Key Mapping Admin Only Ring Tones Priority Alert Settings Admin Only Directed Call Pickup Settings Admin Only Auto Call Distribution Settings Admin Only Time a...

Page 81: ...n URI Allows an administrator to specify a uniform resource identifier URI that triggers a GET when certain events occur An Administrator can also specify a URI to be called enable polling for the URI and specify the interval between polls Applicable to Administrator Only Configuration Server Allows you to set the protocol to use on the configuration server TFTP default FTP HTTP or HTTPS configure...

Page 82: ...AP TLS Applicable to Administrator Only Troubleshooting Allows you to perform troubleshooting tasks whereby the results can be forwarded to Aastra Technical Support for analyzing and troubleshooting Also displays error messages if applicable Note You can also specify whether a user can upload system information automatically or manually by configuring a parameter in the configuration files For mor...

Page 83: ... editing application to open the configuration file aastra cfg model cfg or mac cfg Use the following procedure to add delete or change parameters and their settings in the configuration files Note Apply this procedure wherever this Administrator Guide refers to configuring parameters using the configuration files Configuration files Step Action 1 Using a text based editing application open the co...

Page 84: ...ead only when accessing the Aastra Web UI and the IP Phone UI In the Aastra Web UI they appear grayed out In the IP Phone UI the ability to change the parameters is removed In addition when parameters are locked they cannot be changed via XML Limitations A User possessing the Administrator password can bypass the locking of configuration server details by defaulting the phone Parameters cannot be ...

Page 85: ...o the phone these four parameters are reset to their default values even if the parameters were previously changed on the phone IF THEN new mac cfg file is loaded to the phone with sip proxy ip and any other parameter s from the file specifying a the sip proxy ip and any other parameters are overwritten if previously changed by the user new model cfg file is loaded to the phone with sip proxy ip a...

Page 86: ...tra com this parameter is locked sip registrar port 5062 this parameter is locked mac cfg sip proxy port 5064 this parameter is unlocked sip registrar port 5064 this parameter is unlocked With this configuration on the Web UI the sip proxy ip and sip registrar ip parametres cannot be modified they are grayed out and the value is pbx aastra com since model cfg has overwriten aastra cfg The sip prox...

Page 87: ...In certain cases the TFTP Protocol cannot distinguish between server down and no file on server error messages therefore the failover in these instances may fail Notes 1 Once the phone has failed over to a redundant server it continues to use that server for all other server related processes on the phone i e firmware upgrades from the Web UI boot up process etc 2 If a server fails while downloadi...

Page 88: ...bout the available Administrator options Topics This chapter covers the following topics Note Specific options are configurable only via the IP Phone UI and or Aastra Web UI and or configuration files Topic Page Administrator Level Options page 3 3 IP Phone UI Options page 3 3 Aastra Web UI Options page 3 7 Configuration File Options page 3 9 Phone Status page 3 10 Restarting Your Phone page 3 14 ...

Page 89: ...3 2 41 001343 01 Rev 02 Release 3 2 2 Firmware Update Features page 3 69 TLS Support page 3 70 802 1x Support page 3 73 Troubleshooting page 3 75 Topic Page ...

Page 90: ...I the Aastra Web UI or the configuration files IP Phone UI Options For all IP Phones Except the 6739i Using the IP Phone UI you can access the Administrator options at Options Administrator Menu using the default password of 22222 The following are administrator options in the Options List on all IP phones EXCEPT the 6739i Administrator Menu Configuration Server Network Settings SIP Settings Facto...

Page 91: ...edures on configuring Administrator Options on the IP phone via the IP phone UI see Chapter 4 Configuring Network and Session Initiation Protocol SIP Features Chapter 5 Configuring Operational Features Chapter 6 Configuring Advanced Operational Features Note An administrator has the option of enabling and disabling the use of password protection on the IP phone UI for all model phones This is conf...

Page 92: ...nd the simplified menu For all model phones EXCEPT the 6739i For the 6739i Note When setting the options simple menu parameter the menu changes in the Phone UI only The Aastra Web UI is not affected Full Options Menu Simplified Options Menu Call Forward Call Forward Preferences Preferences Status Status Password Removed Administrator Menu Removed Restart Phone Removed Phone Lock Phone Lock Full Op...

Page 93: ...nge the Network settings from the IP Phone UI If the network settings become misconfigured you must factory default the phone and use the full menu to recover the network settings from the Phone UI OR use the Aastra Web UI to configure the network settings Configuration Files For the specific parameter you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Simplified IP Phone UI Options...

Page 94: ...UI using a Web browser and entering the Admin username and password at the login prompt The default username is admin and the default password is 22222 The IP phones accept numeric passwords only The column on the left side of the screen indicates the configurable options A User has limited configuration options as shown in the following illustrations Administrator Web UI Menu User Web UI Menu ...

Page 95: ...a the Aastra Web UI if enabled by an Administrator Basic Settings Preferences Key Mapping Basic Settings Preferences Priority Alerting Settings Basic Settings Preferences Directed Call Pickup Settings Basic Settings Preferences Auto Call Distribution Settings Basic Settings Preferences Language Settings Language 1 entering language pack filename Language 2 entering language pack filename Language ...

Page 96: ...figuring Network and Session Initiation Protocol SIP Features For procedures on configuring the Basic Settings for the IP Phone see Chapter 5 Configuring Operational Features Configuration File Options An Administrator can enter specific parameters in the configuration files to configure the IP phones All parameters in configuration files can only be set by an administrator References For a proced...

Page 97: ...he IP phone UI the Phone Status options are available to the user and the administrator and do not require a password entry The following options display for phone status on the IP phone UI Phone Status Screen for 3 Line LCD Display Phones Phone Status Screen for 8 and 11 Line LCD Display Phones Phone Status 1 IP MAC Addresses 2 LAN Port 3 PC Port 4 Firmware Info Enter Next Phone Status Select Don...

Page 98: ...k State Negotiation Method Speed and Duplex Method that the phone uses on its PC Port Firmware Info Displays information about the firmware and Boot version that is currently installed on the IP phone Status 12 45pm Mon Jan 1 Firmware Network Firmware 12 45pm Mon Jan 1 Firmware Boot Version Copyright Information 3 1 12 3 1 114 Network 12 45pm Mon Jan 1 IP Address MA Address 134 232 12 3 00 33 3B 0...

Page 99: ...at the back of the phone You can also view the phone s IP and MAC addresses Information in this field includes Link State Negotiation Speed and Duplex for Port 0 and Port 1 Hardware Information Displays the current IP phone platform and the revision number Firmware Information Displays information about the firmware that is currently installed on the IP phone Information in this field includes Fir...

Page 100: ... Status is Registered Backup registrar is used Yes SIP Error Number Displays on accounts when registration fails with the SIP proxy server Example Backup Registrar Line SIP Account Status Used 4 9057604601 anasipproxy aastra com 5060401 No where Account Number is 4 SIP Account is 9057604601 anasipproxy aastra com on port 5060 Status is 401 Unregistered if SIP registration fails Backup registrar is...

Page 101: ...start the phone using the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI Restarting the Phone Using the IP Phone UI IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press the Options key on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Restart Phone 3 For 3 Line LCD Displays Press to confirm Note To cancel the Restart press the 3 key For 8 and 11 Line LCD Displays Press Restart Note To cancel the Restart press Cancel For the 6739i 1 P...

Page 102: ...41 001343 01 Rev 02 Release 3 2 2 3 15 Restarting the Phone Using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Reset Phone 2 Click to restart the phone ...

Page 103: ...P Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI Setting Factory Defaults Using the IP Phone UI IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press the Options key on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Administrator Menu and enter your Administrator Password default is 22222 3 Select Factory Default 4 For 3 Line LCD Displays The Restore Defaults prompt displays Press to confirm For 8 and 11 Line LCD Phones The Reset phone t...

Page 104: ...tory Defaults Using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Operation Reset Current Settings 2 In the Restore to Factory Defaults field click This restores all factory defaults and removes any saved configuration and directory list files ...

Page 105: ...ss the Options key on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Administrator Menu and enter your Administrator Password default is 22222 3 Select Erase Local Config 4 For 3 Line LCD Displays The Erase local config prompt displays Press to confirm For 8 and 11 Line LCD Displays The Erase local config prompt displays Press Erase to confirm For the 6739i 1 Press the Options key on the phone to en...

Page 106: ...Phone s Local Configuration Using the Aastra Web UII Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Operation Reset Current Settings 2 In the Remove Local Configuration Settings field click This removes the last customized configuration settings made on the phone ...

Page 107: ...g the call For more information on this feature see SIP Dial Plan Terminator on page 5 64 Digit Timeout sip digit timeout Represents the time in seconds to configure the timeout between consecutive key presses For more information on this feature see Digit Timeout on page 5 64 Park Call Note This option can be set by both Users and Administrators sip lineN park pickup config The parking of a live ...

Page 108: ...0 the call waiting tone is audible only once on the active call For more information on this feature see Call Waiting Tone Period on page 5 75 Stuttered Dial Tone Note This option can be set by both Users and Administrators stutter disabled Enable or disables the playing of a stuttered dial tone when there is a message waiting on the IP phone For more information on this feature see Stuttered Dial...

Page 109: ...ash is heard on an active call when another call was placed on hold For example if a call comes into Line 1 and then a call comes into Line 2 and you answer Line 2 Line 1 is automatically placed on hold While on the active Line 2 after 7 seconds a ring splash audio sounds on the line reminding you that the call on Line 1 is still on hold This timer begins to increment after Line 2 is answered Note...

Page 110: ...nates if a voice mail is pending on any line on the phone lines 1 through 9 For more information on this feature see Message Waiting Indicator Line on page 5 95 DND Key Mode Note This option can be set by both Users and Administrators dnd key mode Allows you to configure the DND mode to use on the phone Account Phone Custom when the DND key is pressed You can configure DND for all accounts or a sp...

Page 111: ... both Users and Administrators sip intercom mute mic Enables or disables the microphone on the IP phone for Intercom calls made by the originating caller For more information on this feature see Incoming Outgoing Intercom with Auto Answer and Barge In on page 5 106 Play Warning Tone Note This option can be set by both Users and Administrators sip intercom warning tone Enables or disables a warning...

Page 112: ...ine Specifies the line for which the IP phone uses the configuration from when making the Intercom call The IP phone uses the first available line for physically making the call but uses the configuration from the line you set for this parameter Note The sip intercom type parameter must be set with the Server Side option to enable the sip intercom line parameter For more information on this featur...

Page 113: ...er If you leave this parameter blank the Redial key returns to its original functionality Note If you configure the Redial key for speeddialing on the 9480i CT or 6757i CT Base Stations the Redial key on the 9480i CT and 6757i CT handsets retain their original functionality The Redial key on the handset is not configured for speeddial For more information on this feature see speeddialKey Mapping o...

Page 114: ...r is set to 1 For more information on this feature see speeddialKey Mapping on page 5 114 NA Map redial as conf The Redial key remappings has the same behavior as the Speed Dial key when the phone is idle During an active call the phone will send the custom number as DTMF using the phone configured DTMF method inbound vs out of band RFC2833 vs SIP INFO When a user presses the Conf key the mapped n...

Page 115: ...ngs For more information on this feature see Ring Tones and Tone Sets on page 5 117 Parameter in Aastra Web UI Parameter in Configuration Files Description Enable Priority Alerting priority alerting enabled Enables and disables distinctive ringing on the IP phone for incoming calls and call waiting calls For more information on this feature see Priority Alerting on page 5 121 Group alert group Whe...

Page 116: ...ellcore ring tone is applied to the IP phone Available Bellcore tones are 0 Normal ringing default 1 Bellcore dr2 2 Bellcore dr3 3 Bellcore dr4 4 Bellcore dr5 5 Silent For more information on this feature see Priority Alerting on page 5 121 Parameter in Aastra Web UI Parameters in Configuration Files Description Directed Call Pickup directed call pickup Enables or disables the use of directed call...

Page 117: ...e 12 hour format and 1 for the 24 hour format For more information on this feature see Time and Date on page 5 20 Date Format Note This option can be set by both Users and Administrators Date Format date format This parameter allows the user to change the date to various formats For more information on this feature see Time and Date on page 5 20 Time Zone Note This option can be set by both Users ...

Page 118: ...d Administrators Time Server 2 time server2 This parameter allows you to set the IP address of Time Server 2 in dotted decimal format For more information on this feature see Time Servers on page 5 30 Time Server 3 Note This option can be set by both Users and Administrators Time Server 3 time server3 This parameter allows you to set the IP address of Time Server 3 in dotted decimal format For mor...

Page 119: ... WebPage Language Note This option can be set by both Users and Administrators language The language you want to display in the IP Phone UI and the Aastra Web UI Valid values are 0 English is default 1 4 The values 1 4 are dependent on the language N parameter For example if language 1 lang_fr txt then language 1 would set the webpage language to French Note All languages may not be available for ...

Page 120: ...ture see Specifying the Input Language to Use on page 5 49 Language 1 thru 4 language N The language pack you want to load to the IP phone Valid values are lang_de txt German lang_dk txt Danish lang_es txt Spanish lang_es_mx txt Mexican Spanish lang_fi txt Finnish lang_fr txt French lang_fr_ca txt Canadian French lang_it txt Italian lang_no txt Norwegian lang_pt txt Portuguese lang_pt_br txt Brazi...

Page 121: ... a per account basis Pressing a pre configured CFWD key applies to the account in focus Phone Sets DND ON for all accounts on the phone A pre configured DND key toggles all accounts on the phone to ON or OFF Sets the same CFWD configuration for all accounts All Busy and or No Answer When you configure the initial account the phone applies the configuration to all other accounts In the Aastra Web U...

Page 122: ...at an incorrect value was entered This notification applies to the following network parameters A 0 0 0 0 entered as values for the IP Address Subnet Mask and Gateway parameters IP Address and Gateway IP address parameter values entered exactly the same Gateway IP address and the IP address parameter values configured on the same subnet If you configure the Gateway parameter and the IP Address par...

Page 123: ...k Gateway Domain Name Servers DNS TFTP HTTP HTTPS and FTP servers and Timer Servers Note For DHCP to automatically populate the IP address or qualified domain name for the TFTP server your DHCP server must support Option 66 The IP phones also support Option 60 and 43 For more information see DHCP on page 4 3 IP Address IP Address ip IP address of the IP phone To assign a static IP address disable ...

Page 124: ...tname Hostname hostname Specifies the hostname DHCP Option 12 that the phone sends with the DHCP Request packet For more information see Using Option 12 Hostname on the IP Phone on page 4 10 Ethernet LAN Port Link PC Port Link PC Port Enabled 3 Line LCD Phones Enable PassThru Port 8 and 11 Line LCD Phones N A LAN Port PC Port PC Port PassThru Enable Disable 3 Line LCD Phonesi PC Port PassThru Enab...

Page 125: ...ration server Valid values are 1 Disabled ignores all DHCP configuration options 0 Any 43 66 159 160 Notes 1 If the DHCP server supplies Options 159 and 160 the phones will attempt to contact the configuration server given in these options 2 You must restart the IP Phone for this parameter to take affect For more information see Using Options 159 and 160 on the IP Phone on page 4 16 For more infor...

Page 126: ...sent This value must specify the beginning of the RTP port range on the gateway or router The RTP port is used for sending DTMF tones and for the audio stream Your network administrator may close some ports for security reasons You may want to use this parameter to send RTP data using a different port For more information see Chapter 4 Configuring NAT Address and Port optional on page 4 31 N A Rpo...

Page 127: ...f the STUN server also know as Simple Traversal of UDP through NAT Notes 1 The UPnP and NAT IP configuration parameters take precedence over the STUN and TURN parameters 2 STUN does not work if the NAT device is symmetric For more information see Chapter 4 STUN and TURN Protocols on page 4 36 N A TURN Server sip turn ip IP address of the TURN server also known as Traversal Using Relay NAT Note The...

Page 128: ...or more information see Chapter 4 STUN and TURN Protocols on page 4 36 N A TURN Password sip turn pass Password that a user must enter when accessing an account on the TURN server Note The UPnP and NAT IP configuration parameters take precedence over the STUN and TURN parameters For more information see Chapter 4 STUN and TURN Protocols on page 4 36 Parameter In IP Phone UI Parameter in Aastra Web...

Page 129: ... the secure connection When this parameter is enabled blocking is enabled receipt of an HTTP POST containing an XML parameter header results in the following response 403 Forbidden This forces the client to direct the POSTs to the HTTPS server through use of the https URL For more information see Chapter 4 HTTPS Client Server Configuration on page 4 41 Client Method HTTPS Client Method https clien...

Page 130: ... to 1 the HTTPS client verifies whether or not a certificate has expired prior to accepting the certificate Note If the https validate expires parameter is set to enable the clock on the phone must be set for the phone to accept the certificates For more information see Chapter 4 HTTPS Server Certificate Validation on page 4 45 Check Hostnames Check Certificate Hostnames https validate hostname En...

Page 131: ...ode Point DSCP for SIP packets For more information see Chapter 4 Type of Service ToS Quality of Service QoS and DiffServ QoS on page 4 51 Type of Service RTP RTP tos rtp The Differentiated Services Code Point DSCP for RTP packets For more information see Chapter 4 Type of Service ToS Quality of Service QoS and DiffServ QoS on page 4 51 Type of Service RTCP RTCP tos rtcp The Differentiated Service...

Page 132: ...ets over a single physical Ethernet as described in IEEE Std 802 3 On the IP phone you configure a VLAN ID that associates with the physical Ethernet Port 0 For more information see Chapter 4 Virtual LAN optional on page 4 51 SIP Priority RTP Priority RTCP Priority SIP Priority RTP Priority RTCP Priority tos priority map This parameter is based on the Type of Service ToS Differentiated Services Co...

Page 133: ...rmal but set the PC Port VLAN id port 1 to 4095 The following example sets the phone to be on VLAN 3 on the LAN Port but the PC Port is configured as untagged tagging enabled 1 VLAN id 3 VLAN id port 1 4095 For more information see Chapter 4 Virtual LAN optional on page 4 51 Note The PC Port parameters are not applicable to the 6730i IP Phone PC Port Priority Priority QoS eth port 1 priority Speci...

Page 134: ...ing the IP Phone UI the Aastra Web UI or the configuration files If you have a proxy server or have a SIP registrar present at a different location than the PBX server the SIP parameters may need to be changed 2 The IP phones allow you to define different SIP lines with the same account information i e same user name but with different registrar and proxy IP addresses This feature works with Regis...

Page 135: ...meric characters For more information see Chapter 4 Basic SIP Settings on page 4 66 Display Name Caller ID Global and Per Line sip display name global sip lineN display name per line Name used in the display name field of the From SIP header field Some IP PBX systems use this as the caller s ID and some may overwrite this with the string that is set at the PBX system Valid values are up to 20 alph...

Page 136: ...r 4 Basic SIP Settings on page 4 66 For more information about BLA see Chapter 5 the section Bridged Line Appearance BLA on page 5 201 N A Line Mode Global and Per Line sip mode global sip lineN mode per line The mode type that you assign to the IP phone Valid values are Generic 0 BroadSoft SCA 1 Reserved for 2 or BLA 3 Default is Generic 0 For more information see Chapter 4 Basic SIP Settings on ...

Page 137: ...port number of the backup SIP proxy server for which the IP phone uses when the primary SIP proxy port is unavailable For more information see Chapter 4 Basic SIP Settings on page 4 66 N A Outbound Proxy Server Global and Per Line sip outbound proxy server global sip lineN outbound proxy server per line Address of the outbound proxy server All SIP messages originating from the phone are sent to th...

Page 138: ...ormation see Chapter 4 Basic SIP Settings on page 4 66 N A Backup Registrar Server Global and Per Line sip backup registrar ip global sip lineN backup registrar ip per line The address of the backup registrar typically the backup SIP proxy for which the IP phone uses to send REGISTER requests if the primary registrar is unavailable For more information see Chapter 4 Basic SIP Settings on page 4 66...

Page 139: ...4 83 Missed Call Summary Subscription Global and Per Line sip missed call summary subscription global sip lineN missed call summary subscription per line Enables or disables the Missed Call Summary Subscription feature This feature allows missed calls that have been redirected by the server to be incremented in the missed calls indicator on the phone it was initially directed to Default is disable...

Page 140: ... 5 Session Timer sip session timer The time in seconds that the IP phone uses to send periodic re INVITE requests to keep a session alive The proxy uses these re INVITE requests to maintain the status of the connected sessions See RFC4028 for details Default is 0 For more information see Chapter 4 Advanced SIP Settings optional on page 4 83 Timer 1 and Timer 2 sip T1 timer sip T2 timer These timer...

Page 141: ...is recommended that you avoid the conflict RTP port range in case of a UDP transport 2 By default the IP phones use symmetric UDP signaling for outgoing UDP SIP messages When symmetric UDP is enabled the IP phone generates and listens for UDP messages using port 5060 If symmetric UDP signaling is disabled the phone sends from random ports but it listens on the configured SIP local port For more in...

Page 142: ...hone resubscribes the BLF subscription service after a software firmware upgrade or after a reboot of the IP phone For more information see Chapter 4 Advanced SIP Settings optional on page 4 83 ACD Subscription Period sip acd subscription period Specifies the time period in seconds that the IP phone resubscribes the Automatic Call Distribution ACD subscription service after a software firmware upg...

Page 143: ...ection Whitelist Proxy on page 6 24 XML SIP Notify sip xml notify event Enables or disables the phone to accept or reject an aastra xml SIP NOTIFY message Note To ensure the SIP NOTIFY is coming from a trusted source it is recommended that you enable the Whitelist feature Whitelist Proxy parameter on the IP phone If enabled and the phone receives a SIP NOTIFY from a server that is NOT on the white...

Page 144: ...For more information see Chapter 4 Real time Transport Protocol RTP Settings on page 4 90 N A Force RFC2833 Out of Band DTMF sip out of band dtmf Enables or disables out of band DTMF Enabling this parameter forces the IP phone to use out of band DTMF according to RFC2833 Valid values are 0 disabled and 1 enabled Default is 1 enabled For more information see Chapter 4 Real time Transport Protocol R...

Page 145: ...cepted For more information see Chapter 4 Real time Transport Protocol RTP Settings on page 4 90 N A Silence Suppression sip silence suppression Silence suppression is enabled by default on the IP phones The phone negotiates whether or not to use silence suppression Disabling this feature forces the phone to ignore any negotiated value For more information see Chapter 4 Real time Transport Protoco...

Page 146: ...t sip lineN autodial timeout Globally or on a per line basis specifies the time in seconds that the phone waits to dial a preconfigured number after the handset is lifted from the IP phone cradle If this parameter is set to 0 hotline the phone immediately dials a preconfigured number when you lift the handset If this parameter is set to a value greater than 0 the phone waits the specified number o...

Page 147: ...sic SIP Network Settings Advanced SIP Settings Missed Call Summary Subscription only RTP Settings DTMF Method and RTP Encryption only Autodial Settings On a per line basis you can also enable disable the Use Global Settings parameter References For more information about configuring the features listed above on a per line basis see Chapter 4 the sections Basic SIP Settings on page 4 66 Advanced SI...

Page 148: ...ones The softkey programmable key or expansion module key can be set to use a specific function Available functions depend on the IP phone model Reference For more information about key functions see Appendix A the section Softkey Programmable Key Feature Key Expansion Module Key Parameters on page A 199 IP Phone Model Softkeys Expansion Module Keys Programmable Keys 9143i Not Applicable 7 9480i 6...

Page 149: ...on events occur or when there are registration state changes Note This action URI is not called when the same event is repeated for example a timeout occurs again when registration is already in a timeout state Incoming Call Specifies the URI for which the phone executes a GET on when an incoming call event occurs Outgoing Call Specifies the URI for which the phone executes a GET on when an outgoi...

Page 150: ...e IP Phones see Chapter 5 the section XML SIP Notify Events on page 5 316 Polling Action URIs Another way to reach a phone behind a NAT firewall is to have the phone make an XML call at periodic intervals An Administrator can use the action uri poll to command the phone to perform an XML call at configurable intervals An Administrator can specify the URI to be called and specify the interval betwe...

Page 151: ...nload protocols on the IP Phone see Chapter 4 Configuration Server Protocol on page 4 104 Primary TFTP TFTP Server tftp server The TFTP server s IP address or qualified domain name If DHCP is enabled and the DHCP server provides the information this field is automatically populated Use this parameter to change the IP address or domain name of the TFTP server This will become effective after this c...

Page 152: ...the alternate TFTP server Valid values are 0 disabled and 1 enabled For more information see Chapter 4 Configuration Server Protocol on page 4 104 FTP Server FTP Server ftp server The FTP server s IP address or network host name This will become effective after this configuration file has been downloaded into the phone Optional You can also assign a username and password for access to the FTP serv...

Page 153: ... Configuration Server Protocol on page 4 104 HTTP Path HTTP Path http path Specifies the path name for which the configuration files reside on the HTTP server for downloading to the IP Phone If the IP phone s configuration and firmware files are located in a sub directory beneath the server s root directory the relative path to that sub directory should be entered in this field For more informatio...

Page 154: ... phone to be updated automatically once a day at a specific time in a 24 hour period This parameter works with TFTP FTP and HTTP servers Notes 1 If a user is accessing the Aastra Web UI they are not informed of an auto reboot 2 Any changes made using the Aastra Web UI or the IP phone UI are not overwritten by an auto resync update Auto resync affects the configuration files only However the settin...

Page 155: ... max delay Specifies the maximum time in minutes the phone waits past the scheduled time before starting a checksync For more information see Chapter 8 the section Using the Auto Resync Feature on page 8 7 N A Days auto resync days Specifies the amount of days that the phone waits between checksync operations Note A value of 0 causes the phone to checksync every time the clock reads the proper tim...

Page 156: ...e in the Aastra Web UI at the location Advanced Settings Firmware Update Using the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI to restart the phone The phone automatically looks for firmware updates and configuration files during the boot process Setting an Auto Resync feature to automatically update the firmware configuration files or both at a specific time in a 24 hour period Feature can be enabled using ...

Page 157: ...termediate Certificates the Local Certificate and the Private Key are optional For more information see Chapter 6 the section Transport Layer Security TLS on page 6 26 N A N A sips persistent tls Enables or disables the use of Persistent Transport Layer Security TLS Persistent TLS sets up the connection to the server once and re uses that connection for all calls from the phone The setup connectio...

Page 158: ...king N A Root and Intermediate Certificates Filename sips root and intermediate certificates Allows you to specify the SIP Root and Intermediate Certificate files to use when the phone uses the TLS transport protocol to setup a call The Root and Intermediate Certificate files contain one root certificate and zero or more intermediate certificates which must be placed in order of certificate signin...

Page 159: ...pport For more information see Chapter 6 the section Transport Layer Security TLS on page 6 26 N A Trusted Certificates Filename sips trusted certificates Allows you to specify the Trusted Certificate files to use when the phone uses the TLS transport protocol to setup a call The Trusted Certificate files define a list of trusted certificates The phone s trusted list must contain the CA root certi...

Page 160: ...I Parameters in Configuration Files Description EAP MD5 802 1x Mode EAP Type eap type Specifies the type of authentication to use on the IP Phone For more information see Chapter 6 the section 802 1x Support on page 6 30 Identity Identity identity Specifies the identity or username used for authenticating the phone Note The value you enter for this parameter also displays in the Aastra Web UI at t...

Page 161: ...ificate For more information see Chapter 6 the section 802 1x Support on page 6 30 N A Local Certificate Filename 802 1x local certificate Specifies the file name that contains the local certificate For more information see Chapter 6 the section 802 1x Support on page 6 30 N A Private Key Filename 802 1x private key Specifies the file name that contains the private key For more information see Cha...

Page 162: ...to log files Save the current local configuration file to a specified location Save the current server configuration file to a specified location Show task and stack status including Free Memory and Maximum Memory Block Size Enable disable a WatchDog task View Error Messages Enable disable the uploading of configuration and crash file information to a pre defined server Aastra Technical Support ca...

Page 163: ......

Page 164: ... User Interface UI procedures in the remainder of this Guide use the keys on the 9480i 9480i CT 6735i 6737i 6739i 6755i 6757i and or 6757i CT when configuring Administrator Options For information on using the 9143i 6730i 6731i and 6753i keys to configure the Administrator Options see Chapter 2 the section Using the Options Key on page 2 5 Topic Page Overview page 4 2 Network Settings page 4 3 Bas...

Page 165: ...e using the Aastra Web UI you must enter an administrator username and password References For configuring the IP phone at the Asterisk IP PBX see Appendix B Configuring the IP Phone at the Asterisk IP PBX For sample configuration files see Appendix C Sample Configuration Files These sample files include basic parameters required to register the IP phone at the PBX Note An administrator has the op...

Page 166: ...hone is capable of querying a DHCP server allowing a network administrator a centralized and automated method of configuring various network parameters for the phone If DHCP is enabled the IP phone requests the following network information Subnet Mask Gateway i e router Domain Name Server DNS Network Time Protocol Server IP Address TFTP Server or Alternate TFTP Server if enabled on the phone TFTP...

Page 167: ...onfigure the phone manually to provide any required network parameters not supplied by the DHCP server Enabling Disabling DHCP Using the Configuration Files Use the following procedure to enable disable DHCP on the phone using the configuration files Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Network Settings on page A 8 ...

Page 168: ...ct Network Settings 5 Select option DHCP 6 Press Change to set Use DHCP to Yes enable or No disable 7 Press Done to save the changes For the 6739i 1 Press the Options key on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Press Advanced A keyboard displays 3 Enter the Administrator password using the keyboard Default is 22222 4 Press Network 5 Press DHCP Settings 6 In the Use DHCP field select Enabled to en...

Page 169: ...UI Use the following procedure to enable disable DHCP using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Advanced Settings Network Basic Network Settings 2 Enable the DHCP field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box 3 Click to save your settings ...

Page 170: ...uration Options 60 and 43 The Aastra phones also support Option 60 and Option 43 as per RFC 2132 Option 60 Vendor Class Identifier provides the DHCP server with a unique identifier for each phone model This enables a system administrator to send the phone a customized Server Configuration in option 43 The table below lists the identifier values for each phone model The System administrator can use...

Page 171: ...ubnet 192 168 1 0 netmask 255 255 255 0 class vendor class 57i match if option vendor class identifier AastraIPPhone57i vendor option space AastraIPPhone57i option AastraIPPhone57i cfg server name ftp username password 10 10 10 1 class vendor class 57iCT match if option vendor class identifier AastraIPPhone57iCT vendor option space AastraIPPhone57iCT option AastraIPPhone57iCT cfg server name tftp ...

Page 172: ...astraIPPhone option AastraIPPhone cfg server name code 02 text option AastraIPPhone contact rcs code 03 boolean Subnet 192 168 1 0 netmask 255 255 255 0 The 6757i phones do not contact the RCS but use the defined FTP server for configuration files class vendor class 57i match if option vendor class identifier AastraIPPhone57i vendor option space AastraIPPhone option AastraIPPhone cfg server name f...

Page 173: ... the phone For example for a 6753i the Hostname field is automatically populated as 53i00085D164435 where the model number is 6753i and the MAC address is 00085D164435 2 If the configuration server sends the hostname back to the phone in a DHCP Reply Packet the hostname is ignored Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section DHCP Opt...

Page 174: ...Hostname field is automatically populated with Model MAC address of your phone for example 53i00085D164435 If you want to change the hostname press the button in the Hostname field and enter a hostname for your phone in the text box that displays Valid values are up to 64 alpha numeric characters You can use a fully qualified domain name if required 7 Press until the Options List screen displays 8...

Page 175: ...ddress of your phone for example 53i00085D164435 If you want to change the hostname enter a hostname for your phone in the Hostname field Valid values are up to 64 alpha numeric characters You can use a fully qualified domain name if required 3 Click to save your changes Note Changing the Hostname field requires a reboot of your phone 4 Click on Operation Reset and click RESTART Hostname ...

Page 176: ...UI and the Aastra Web UI Configuring DHCP Option 77 User Class on the IP Phone Use the following procedures to configure DHCP Option 77 User Class on the IP Phone Notes 1 If the User Class is not specified left blank in the DHCP request packet the phone does not send the User Class DHCP Option 77 2 Multiple User Classes inside a DHCP Option 77 are not supported 3 DHCP Option 77 may affect the prec...

Page 177: ...ings 6 Press DHCP Download Options 7 Select and press the Option 77 value 8 Press until the Options List screen displays 9 Press Restart to restart the phone for the change to take affect Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings 2 In the DHCP User Class field enter a DHCP User Class to apply to your phones For example admin Valid values are up to 64 alpha numeri...

Page 178: ...01343 01 Rev 02 Release 3 2 2 4 15 3 Click to save your changes Note Entering a value in the DHCP User Class field requires a reboot of your phone 4 Click on Operation Reset and click RESTART Aastra Web UI ...

Page 179: ...e Configuration Server Download Precedence on page 4 19 Configuring DHCP Download Options on the IP Phones Use the following procedures to configure DHCP Option Override on the IP Phone Warning Administrators should review the updated IP phone DHCP option precedence order and configuration options to avoid potential impact to existing Aastra IP phone deployments Configuration Files For specific pa...

Page 180: ...ions key on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Press Advanced A keyboard displays 3 Enter the Administrator password using the keyboard Default is 22222 4 Press Network 5 Press DHCP Settings 6 Press DHCP Download Options 7 Select and press the Option 159 or Option 160 value 8 Press until the Options List screen displays 9 Press Restart to restart the phone for the change to take affect Aastra I...

Page 181: ...use to override the normal precedence order Valid values are Any default no override uses normal precedence order of 43 160 159 66 Option 43 Option 66 Option 159 Option 160 Disabled Ignores all DHCP configuration options 43 66 159 160 3 Click to save your changes 4 Click on Operation Reset and restart the phone for the changes to take affect DHCP Download Options Parameter ...

Page 182: ...igure the DHCP download precedence using the configuration files Configuring a Download Precedence Using the IP Phone UI Use the following procedure to configure a download precedence using the IP Phone UI Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section DHCP Option Settings on page A 13 Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press Options and...

Page 183: ...ress Network 5 Press DHCP Settings 6 Press DHCP Download Options 7 Select and press the Disabled value Note Disabled Ignores all DHCP configuration options 43 66 159 160 This option also performs the same function as the 1 in the configuration files ignores DHCP options 8 Press until the Options List screen displays 9 Press Restart to restart the phone for the change to take affect Aastra IP Phone...

Page 184: ...Click on Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings 2 In the DHCP Download Options field select Disabled from the list of options Note In the Aastra Web UI the Disabled download option performs the same function as the 1 in the configuration files ignores DHCP options 3 Click to save your setting 4 Select Operation Reset and click Restart to reboot the phone DHCP Download Options Paramete...

Page 185: ...to listen for other DHCP messages If the second DHCP message contains configuration server information and other conditions the phone chooses the second DHCP message over the initial DHCP message IMPORTANT NOTE Users currently using multiple DHCP servers on a single network could be affected by this feature DNS Caching The IP phones have the ability to cache DNS requests according to RFC1035 and R...

Page 186: ... 0 0 0 entered as values for the IP Address Subnet Mask and Gateway parameters IP Address and Gateway IP address parameter values entered exactly the same Gateway IP address and the IP address parameter values configured on the same subnet If you configure the Gateway parameter and the IP Address parameter on the same subnet the following error message displays Gateway IP address and the IP addres...

Page 187: ...he phone 1 Press the Options key on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Press Advanced A keyboard displays 3 Enter the Administrator password using the keyboard Default is 22222 4 Press Network 5 Press IP Address enter the IP address of your phone in the text box and press The IP Address must be entered in the fomat 0 0 0 0 for example 192 168 0 7 6 Press the Subnet Mask button enter the subnet ...

Page 188: ...tings 2 Enter an IP address of the phone in the IP Address field 3 Enter a subnet mask in the Subnet Mask field 4 Enter a gateway address in the Gateway field 5 Enter a Primary DNS in the Primary DNS field and or a secondary DNS in the Secondary DNS field 6 Click to save your settings The IP phone is manually configured ...

Page 189: ...x and full duplex and or different standards at the same speed You can set the LAN and PC Ports on the IP phones to auto negotiate during transmission Half Duplex 10Mbps or 100Mbps Half duplex data transmission means that data can be transmitted in both directions on a signal carrier but not at the same time For example on a LAN using a technology that has half duplex transmission one device can s...

Page 190: ...od to use on port 0 and press Done Valid values are AutoNegotiation FullDuplex 10Mbps FullDuplex 100Mbps HalfDuplex 10Mbps HalfDuplex 100Mbps Default is AutoNegotiation 8 Select PC Port Link Note PC Port Link parameters are not applicable to the 6730i IP Phone 9 Select a negotiation method to use on port 1and press Done Valid values are AutoNegotiation FullDuplex 10Mbps FullDuplex 100Mbps HalfDupl...

Page 191: ...d values are Auto Full 10Mbps Full 100Mbps Half 10Mbps Half 100Mbps Default is Auto 9 Press 10 Press PC Port 11 Select a negotiation method to use on port 1 Valid values are Auto Full 10Mbps Full 100Mbps Half 10Mbps Half 100Mbps Default is Auto 12 Press until the Options List screen displays 13 Press Restart to restart the phone for the change to take affect IP Phone UI Step Action ...

Page 192: ...n port 0 Valid values are Auto Negotiation Full Duplex 10Mbps Full Duplex 100Mbps Half Duplex 10Mbps Half Duplex 100Mbps Default is Auto Negotiation 3 In the PC Port field select a negotiation method to use on port 1 Valid values are Auto Negotiation Full Duplex 10Mbps Full Duplex 100Mbps Half Duplex 10Mbps Half Duplex 100Mbps Default is Auto Negotiation 4 Click to save your settings ...

Page 193: ...ranslation NAT For the IP Phones specific configuration parameters allow the phone to operate while connected to a network device that enforces NAT The following is a sample network using a NAT proxy and relevant IP phone configuration parameters SBC or ALG proxy registrar The phone at IP address 10 10 10 20 is configured to register with the proxy at 63 251 195 20 Because the proxy registrar has ...

Page 194: ...work the NAT router must not filter packets using ports 3000 5060 6060 16420 and 16430 Configuring NAT Address and Port optional You can also configure a specific NAT address and port on the IP phone using the configuration files IP Phone UI or Aastra Web UI Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Network Address Translation NAT...

Page 195: ...nistrator password using the keyboard Default is 22222 4 Press Network 5 Press to scroll to the next screen 6 Press the NAT Settings button 7 Press Static NAT enter a public IP address of your NAT device in dotted decimal format in the text box and press 8 Press NAT SIP Port and enter the public SIP signalling port number of your NAT device Default is 51620 9 Press NAT RTP Port and enter the RTP P...

Page 196: ...tered in dotted decimal format For example 0 0 0 0 The NAT IP is the public IP address of your NAT device 3 Enter a NAT port in the NAT SIP Port field Default is 51620 The NAT SIP Port is the public SIP signalling port number of your NAT device 4 Enter a NAT port in the NAT RTP Port field Default is 51720 The NAT RTP Port is the RTP Port number of your NAT device 5 Click to save your settings ...

Page 197: ...ne uses the NAT port number and NAT IP address in the Via and Contact SIP headers of SIP messages but still use the configured source port Configuring SIP and TLS Source Ports Using the Configuration Files You use the following parameters to configure SIP and TLS ports for NAT traversal sip local port sip local tls port Note By default the IP phones use symmetric UDP signaling for outgoing UDP SIP...

Page 198: ... this value if required to a value greater than 1024 and less than 65535 Note It is recommended that you avoid the conflict RTP port range in case of a UDP transport 3 The Local SIP TLS Port field has a default value of 5061 Change this value if required to a value greater than 1024 and less than 65535 Note It is recommended that you avoid the conflict with any TCP ports being used For example Web...

Page 199: ...y used for media RTP traffic not for signaling For signaling you need to enable Rport if the NAT device does not recognize SIP For more information about Rport see the section RPORT on page 4 61 of this release note The STUN TURN configuration applies globally on the phone If you configure both STUN and TURN on the phone it discovers what type of NAT device is between the phone and the public netw...

Page 200: ... in your network sip stun ip sip stun port sip turn ip sip turn port sip turn user sip turn pass Note The NAT IP configuration parameter takes precedence over the STUN and TURN parameters Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the sections SIP STUN Parameters on page A 34 and SIP TURN Parameters on page A 35 ...

Page 201: ...econd value is the backup For example 10 50 103 12 stunbackup aastra com The STUN configuration is only used for media RTP traffic that goes through the server not for signaling For signaling you need to enable Rport if the NAT device does not recognized SIP The STUN configuration applies globally to each phone If you configure both STUN and TURN on the phone it discovers what type of NAT device i...

Page 202: ...e is full cone restricted cone or port restricted cone the phone uses STUN If the NAT device is symmetric the phone uses TURN If you configure TURN only the phone uses TURN with the NAT discovery process TURN is compatible with all types of NAT devices but can be costly since all traffic goes through a media relay which can be slow can exchange more messages and requires the TURN server to allocat...

Page 203: ... which they can communicate The ICE Protocol is automatically enabled if both STUN and TUNR servers are configured in the network The following occurs when ICE is used on the phone The TURN address port is always used as the preferred media address in initial INVITES Media is sent through the TURN server prior to the completion of the ICE connectivity check A Re INVITE is used to adjust media if r...

Page 204: ...mware images Downloading of script files based on an HTTPS URL supplied by a softkey definition The HTTPS server provides HTTP functionality over secure connections It coexists with the HTTP server but has its own set of tasks The main HTTPS server functions are Delivery of web page content to a browser client over a secure connection Execution of HTTP GET and POST requests received over a secure ...

Page 205: ...Server 10 Select HTTPS Server 11 Select HTTP HTTPS 12 Press Change to select Yes or No Default is No Enabling this feature redirects the HTTP protocol to HTTPS 13 Press Done to save the changes 14 Select XML HTTP POSTs 15 Press Change to select Yes or No Default is No Enabling this feature blocks XML HTTP POSTs from the IP Phone 16 Press Done 4 times to finish Note The session prompts you to resta...

Page 206: ...rects the HTTP protocol to HTTPS 11 Press until the Options List screen displays 12 Press Restart to restart the phone for the change to take affect Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings 2 Select an HTTPS client method to use from the HTTPS Client Method field Valid values are SSL 3 0 default TSL 1 0 3 Enable HTTP to HTTPS redirect by checking the...

Page 207: ...able the blocking of XML HTTP POSTs by the HTTPS server by checking the HTTPS Server Block XML HTTP POSTs field check box Disable this field by unchecking the check box Default is disabled 5 Click to save your settings Aastra Web UI Step Action ...

Page 208: ...ust pre loaded User Provided Certificates The administrator has the option to upload their own certificates onto the phone The phone downloads these certificates in a file of PEM format during boot time after configuration downloads The user provided certificates are saved on the phone between firmware upgrades but are deleted during a factory default The download of the User provided certificates...

Page 209: ...lidate hostname Enables disables the checking of the certificate commonName against the server name https validate expires Enables disables the checking of the expiration date on the certificate User Interface Certificate Rejection When the phone rejects a certificate it displays Bad Certificate on the LCD An Administrator can configure HTTPS Server Certificate Validation using the configuration f...

Page 210: ...alidate Certificate Expiration 7 Select Check Expires 8 Press Change to toggle the Check Expires field to Yes or No Notes 1 This change is immediately applied after pressing DONE 2 If the Check Expires parameter is set to Yes the clock on the phone must be set for the phone to accept the certificates 9 Press DONE to save the change and return to the Certificates screen Note This change is immediat...

Page 211: ...2 4 Press Cfg Svr 5 Press HTTPS Enable Disable HTTPS Server Certificate Validation 6 Press Cert Validation and select Enable 7 Press to scroll to the next screen Enable Disable HTTPS Validate Certificate Expiration 8 Press Check Expires and select Enable Enable Disable HTTPS Validate Hostname 9 Press Check Hostnames and select Enable 10 Press until the Options List screen displays 11 Press Restart...

Page 212: ... IP Phones 3 The Check Certificate Expiration field is enabled by default To disable validation of certificate expiration click the check mark in the box to clear the check mark When this parameter is enabled the HTTPS client verifies whether or not a certificate has expired prior to accepting the certificate Notes 1 This parameter is immediately applied after clicking the SAVE SETTINGS button 2 I...

Page 213: ...n server This file contains the User provided certificates in PEM format These certificates are used to validate peer certificates Notes 1 You must disable the Validate Certificates field in order for the phone to accept the User provided certificates 2 This parameter requires you restart the phone in order for it to take affect 6 Click to save your changes 7 If you entered a filename in the Trust...

Page 214: ...d IP header It is used to classify the traffic of the different QoSs QoS provides service differentiation between IP packets in the network This service differentiation is noticeable during periods of network congestion for example in case of contention for resources and results in different levels of network performance Port 0 is the Ethernet LAN Port connected to the network Port 1 is the Ethern...

Page 215: ...ing just the DSCP values just the VLAN priority values or by modifying all values The following table shows the DSCP range VLAN priority mapping tos priority map RTCP Priority PC Port vlan id port 1 VLAN ID QoS eth port 1 priority Priority Notes 1 In order for the software to successfully maintain connectivity with a network using VLAN functionality the IP phone reboots if you modify the tagging e...

Page 216: ...6 56 63 7 Protocol Name Default DSCP Values in the ToS Field sip 26 rtp 46 rtcp 46 Note ToS DSCP is enabled by default The SIP RTP and RTCP parameters show defaults of 26 46 and 46 respectively Use the following procedures to change these settings if required Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Type of Service ToS DSCP Setti...

Page 217: ...ge 4 53 For more information see the section Configuring VLAN optional on page 4 55 8 Press Done 3 times to save the changes Note The session prompts you to restart the IP phone to apply the configuration settings 9 Select Restart For the 6739i 1 Press the Options key on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Press Advanced A keyboard displays 3 Enter the Administrator password using the keyboard D...

Page 218: ...nge the ToS DSCP setting for a Protocol and VLAN is enabled you will need to map the applicable priority to the Protocol setting as shown in the table DSCP Range VLAN Priority on page 4 55 For more information see the section Configuring VLAN optional on page 4 55 4 Click to save your settings Notes 1 VLAN is disabled by default When you enable VLAN the IP phones use the default settings for each ...

Page 219: ...Yes to enable or No to disable Default is No 8 Press Done to save the changes 9 Select Phone VLAN 10 Select VLAN Priority 11 Select Other and enter a non IP priority value from 0 to 7 for non IP packets Default for this field is 5 12 Press Done 3 times to return to the VLAN Settings menu To set VLAN ID and priority for LAN Port Port 0 13 Select Phone VLAN 14 Select Phone VLAN ID and enter a value ...

Page 220: ...095 The following example sets the phone to be on VLAN 3 but the passthrough port is configured as untagged VLAN Settings VLAN Enable Yes VLAN Settings Phone VLAN Phone VLAN ID 3 VLAN Settings PC Port VLAN PC Port VLAN ID 4095 23 Press Done to save the change 24 Select PC Port Priority 25 Select a PC Port VLAN priority value from 0 to 7 for the PC Port Default is 0 26 Press Done 4 times to save th...

Page 221: ... 1 to 4095 all untagged packets are sent to this port The following is an example of configuring the phone on a VLAN where all untagged packets are sent to the PC Port passthrough port Example You enable tagging on the phone port as normal but set the passthrough port PC Port to 4095 The following example sets the phone to be on VLAN 3 but the passthrough port is configured as untagged VLAN Settin...

Page 222: ...cking the check box 3 With VLAN enabled select the priority 0 to 7 for non IP packets in the Priority Non IP Packet field To set VLAN ID and priority for the LAN Port Port 0 4 Enter a VLAN ID value from 1 to 4094 in the VLAN ID field Default is 1 5 Choose a VLAN Protocol SIP Priority RTP Priority and or RTCP Priority and select a priority for the associated Protocol Valid values are 0 to 7 Default...

Page 223: ...s an example of configuring the phone on a VLAN where all untagged packets are sent to the passthrough port Example You enable tagging as normal enter a value for the LAN Port VLAN ID and then set the PC Port VLAN ID to 4095 The following example sets the phone to be on VLAN 3 but the PC Port VLAN ID is configured as untagged 7 Select a VLAN priority value from 0 to 7 for the PC Port in the Priori...

Page 224: ...and the port from which the request came When you enable Rport the phone always uses symmetric signaling listens on the port used for sending requests An Administrator can configure Rport using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuring Rport Using the Configuration Files Use the following procedures to configure Rport on your phone Note Configuring the Rport parameter is recommened ...

Page 225: ...k on Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings 2 In the Advanced Network Settings section enable the Rport RFC3581 field by checking the check box Disable Rport by unchecking the box Rport in RFC 3581 allows a client to request that the server send the response back to the source IP address and the port from which the request came 3 Click to save your changes Rport Parameter ...

Page 226: ...s see Appendix A the section Time Server Settings on page A 55 IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Preferences 3 Select Time and Date 4 Select Time Server 5 Enter your Administrator password Note The IP Phones accept numeric passwords only 6 Select Timer Server 1 Timer Server 2 or Time Server 3 Note The Time Servers are disabled by default 7 To set a Tim...

Page 227: ...lick on Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings 2 Enable the NTP Time Servers field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box Default is disabled 3 Enter an IP address or qualified domain name in the Time Server 1 Time Server 2 and or Time Server 3 field s to specify the location of the NTP time server 4 Click to save your changes ...

Page 228: ...these parameters and associated values using the configuration files the IP phone UI or the Aastra Web UI The Aastra Web UI and configuration file methods configure global and per line SIP settings on the IP phone The IP phone UI configures global SIP settings only On the IP Phones you can configure Basic and Advanced SIP Settings The Basic SIP Settings include authentication and network settings ...

Page 229: ...tralized Conferencing for Sylantro and Broadsoft Servers on page 5 333 IP Phone UI Parameters Aastra Web UI Parameters Configuration File Parameters SIP Global Authentication Parameters Screen Name User Name Display Name Authentication Name Password Screen Name Screen Name 2 Phone Number Caller ID Authentication Name Password BLA Number Line Mode Call Waiting see Chapter 5 sip screen name sip scre...

Page 230: ...ing see Chapter 5 sip lineN screen name sip lineN screen name 2 sip lineN user name sip lineN display name sip lineN auth name sip lineN password sip lineN bla number sip lineN mode sip lineN call waiting see Chapter 5 sip lineN vmail SIP Per Line Network Parameters Proxy Server Proxy Port Registrar Server Registrar Port Proxy Server Proxy Port Backup Proxy Server Backup Proxy Port Outbound Proxy ...

Page 231: ... Backup Proxy Registrar Support The IP phones support a backup SIP proxy and backup SIP registrar feature If the primary server is unavailable the phone automatically switches to the backup server allowing the user s phone to remain in service How it Works All SIP registration messages are sent to the primary registrar first If the server is unavailable then a new registration request is sent to t...

Page 232: ... files sip outbound support Enablling Disabling SIP Outbound Draft 15 Support Use the following procedure to enable disable SIP outbound Draft 15 support Note TLS and TCP both support this feature If the Global SIP parameter Persistent TLS is set on the phone then only one TLS persistent connection can be established since the phone uses the local port 5061 for connection If the Global SIP paramet...

Page 233: ...hone registers using the Address of Record AOR of the backup proxy and moves all subscriptions to the backup proxy When the primary registrar comes back online the phone registers to it using the currently active AOR When the primary proxy comes back online the phone registers with the primary AOR to the currently active registrar and moves all subscriptions to the primary proxy backup proxy backu...

Page 234: ...ves subscriptions to the primary proxy unregisters unsubscribes from the backup proxy registrar backup proxy backup registrar and backup outbound proxy configured Note This configuration assumes that the outbound proxy is maintaining its own outbound connections to the proxy registrar Establishes a flow to the primary outbound proxy If the flow fails the phone establishes the flow to the backup pr...

Page 235: ...on File Configuration sip outbound support sip symmetric udp signaling sip transport protocol Global Parameters sip backup outbound proxy sip backup outbound proxy port Per Line Parameters sip lineN backup outbound proxy sip lineN backup outbound proxy port Note The sip outbound support sip symmetric udp signaling and sip transport protocol parameters are existing parameters on the phone For more ...

Page 236: ...e SRV lookup may return multiple servers based on the priorities if one is selected as primary and others are selected as secondary However if the IP address is an FQDN and the corresponding server port is non zero then the phone issues a DNS A Name Query to resolve the FQDN into dot notation form If the IP address is a valid dot notation and the port is zero then a default port 5060 is used You c...

Page 237: ...dure to enable disable the Contact Header Matching feature Configuring Basic SIP Authentication Settings You can configure SIP authentication settings using the configuration files the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI Reference For more information about setting the call waiting parameters see Chapter 5 the section Call Waiting on page 5 71 Call Waiting cannot be set via the IP Phone UI Configurat...

Page 238: ... password used to register the IP phone with the SIP proxy Note The IP phones accept numeric passwords only 14 Press Done 3 times to save the changes Note The session prompts you to restart the IP phone to apply the configuration settings 15 Select Restart For the 6739i 1 Press the Options key on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Press Advanced A keyboard displays 3 Enter the Administrator pas...

Page 239: ...eb UI Step Action 1 For global configuration click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Authentication Settings Or for per line configuration click on Advanced Settings Line N 1 9 0 Basic SIP Authentication Settings Configure SIP authentication settings 2 In the Screen Name field enter the screen name that displays on the idle screen IP Phone UI Step Action ...

Page 240: ...ord used to register the IP phone with the SIP proxy Note The IP phones accept numeric passwords only 8 In the BLA Number field enter the Bridge Line Appearance BLA number to be shared across all IP phones For more information about setting the BLA on the phone see Chapter 5 the section Bridged Line Appearance BLA on page 5 201 9 In the Line Mode field select Generic for normal mode BroadSoft SCA ...

Page 241: ... 12 Click to save your changes Note To configure the SIP settings per line use the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section SIP Basic Global Settings on page A 73 or SIP Basic Per Line Settings on page A 83 Note You can set global configuration only using the IP Phone UI IP Phone UI Step A...

Page 242: ...to 0 0 0 0 for a per line basis i e line 1 line 2 etc then the register request is not sent the No Service message does not display and the message waiting indicator MWI does not come on 11 Enter a Registrar Port number in the Registrar Port field for accessing the SIP registrar server Default is 0 12 Press Done to save the changes Enabling Disabling the Use of the Registrar Server 13 Select SIP R...

Page 243: ...le 5060 Default is 0 Configuring Registrar IP and Registrar Port 7 Press Registrar Server and enter an IP address or fully qualified host name in the Registrar Server field Default is 0 0 0 0 A global value of 0 0 0 0 disables registration However the phone is still active and you can dial using username ip address of the phone If the Registrar IP address is set to 0 0 0 0 for a per line basis i e...

Page 244: ...e N 1 9 Basic SIP Network Settings 2 In the Proxy Server field enter an IP address or fully qualified host name of the SIP proxy server 3 In the Proxy Port field enter a port number for accessing the SIP proxy server 4 In the Backup Proxy Server field enter an IP address or fully qualified host name for the backup proxy server 5 In the Backup Proxy Port field enter a port number for accessing the ...

Page 245: ... to 0 0 0 0 for a per line basis i e line 1 line 2 etc then the register request is not sent the No Service message does not display and the message waiting indicator MWI does not come on 9 In the Registrar Port field enter the port number associated with the Registrar 10 In the Backup Registrar Server field enter an IP address or fully qualified host name for the backup registrar server A global ...

Page 246: ...re event subscription global sip lineN as feature event subscription per line see Chapter 6 sip as feature event subscription period see Chapter 6 Send MAC Address in REGISTER Message see Chapter 6 Send Line Number in REGISTER Message see Chapter 6 sip send mac see Chapter 6 sip send line see Chapter 6 Session Timer sip session timer T1 Timer T2 Timer sip T1 timer sip T2 timer Transaction Timer si...

Page 247: ...mation about Blacklist Duration and Whitelist Proxy see Chapter 6 Configuring Advanced Operational Features Configuring Advanced SIP Settings Use the following procedures to configure the advanced SIP settings on the IP phone Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Advanced SIP Settings on page A 100 ...

Page 248: ...s field by unchecking the check box Default is disabled If the IP phone has a message waiting subscription with the Service Provider a Message Waiting Indicator MWI LED or display icon tells the user there is a message on the IP Phone 3 If you enable the Explicit MWI Subscription field then in the Explicit MWI Subscription Period field enter the requested duration in seconds before the MWI subscri...

Page 249: ...gurable on a global or per line basis 6 If you enable the Missed Call Summary Subscription field then in the Missed Call Summary Subscription Period field enter the amount of time in seconds that the phone uses the Missed Calls Summary Subscription feature Default is 86400 For more information about this feature see Chapter 6 the section Missed Call Summary Subscription on page 6 13 Note The Misse...

Page 250: ... not receive a response in the amount of time designated for this parameter the phone assumes the message has timed out 13 In the Transport Protocol field select a transport protocol to use when sending SIP Real time Transport Protocol RTP packets Valid values are User Datagram Protocol UDP and Transmission Control Protocol TCP UDP TCP Transport Layer Security TLS or Persistent TLS The value UDP i...

Page 251: ... ACD Subscription Period see Chapter 5 the section ACD Subscription Period on page 5 179 21 The BLA Subscription Period field is enabled by default with a value of 300 seconds This feature sets the amount of time in seconds that the phone waits to receive a BLA subscribe message from the server If you specify zero 0 the phone uses the value specified for the BLA expiration in the subscribe message...

Page 252: ... Note To ensure the SIP NOTIFY is coming from a trusted source it is recommended that you enable the Whitelist feature Whitelist Proxy parameter on the IP phone If enabled and the phone receives a SIP NOTIFY from a server that is NOT on the whitelist i e untrusted server the phone rejects the message For information about setting this feature see Chapter 5 the section XML SIP Notify Events on page...

Page 253: ...capsulation protocol You can set the following parameters for RTP on the IP Phones Note If RFC2833 relay of DTMF tones is configured it is sent on the same port as the RTP voice packets The phones support decoding and playing out DTMF tones sent in SIP INFO requests The following DTMF tones are supported Support signals 0 9 Support durations up to 5 seconds Aastra Web UI Parameters Configuration F...

Page 254: ...sts of a set of instructions that together implement one or more algorithms In the case of IP telephony these algorithms are used to compress the sampled speech data to decrease the content s file size and bit rate the amount of network bandwidth in kilobits per second required to transfer the audio With smaller file sizes and lower bit rates the network equipment can store and stream digital medi...

Page 255: ...sfer of the RTP stream You enter the ptime values for the customized Codec list in milliseconds See table below Silsupp is used to enable or disable silence suppression Voice Activity Detection VAD on the IP phones is used to determine whether each individual packet contains useful speech data Enabling silsupp results in decreased network bandwidth by avoiding sending RTP packets for any frame whe...

Page 256: ...les Web UI 0 G711u 8000 G711u 8K 8 G711a 8000 G711a 8K 98 G726 16 8000 G726 16 97 G726 24 8000 G726 24 115 G726 32 8000 G726 32 96 G726 40 8000 G726 40 18 G729 8000 G729 106 BV16 8000 BV16 8K 107 BV32 16000 BV32 16K 110 G711u 16000 G711u 16K 111 G711a 16000 G711a 16K 9 G722 8000 G722 113 L16 16000 L16 16K 112 L16 8000 L16 8K Leave blank for all codecs All Codec 1 only Basic Codec 1 only None Codec...

Page 257: ...ol SRTP using Session Description Protocol Security SDES key negotiation for encryption and authentication of RTP RTCP messages sent and received by the Aastra IP phones on your network As administrator you specify the global SRTP setting for all lines on the IP phone You can choose among three levels of SRTP encryption as follows SRTP Disabled default IP phone generates and receives nonsecured RT...

Page 258: ...sion Disabling this feature forces the phone to ignore any negotiated value You can configure silence suppression on a global basis using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuring RTP Features Use the following procedures to configure the RTP features on the IP phone Note If you enable SRTP then you should also enable Transport Layer Security TLS This prevents capture of the key use...

Page 259: ...assword using the keyboard Default is 22222 4 Press the SIP button 5 Press to scroll to the next screen 6 Press RTP Port Base and enter an RTP port base setting Default is 3000 7 Press until the Options List screen displays 8 Press Restart to restart the phone for the change to take affect Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP RTP Settings Global Settings IP Phone UI St...

Page 260: ... and playing out DTMF tones sent in SIP INFO requests The following DTMF tones are supported Support signals 0 9 Support durations up to 5 seconds 3 The Force RFC2833 Out of Band DTMF field is enabled by default Disable this field by unchecking the box Enabling this parameter forces the IP phone to use out of band DTMF according to RFC2833 4 Select a method to use from the DTMF Method list box Val...

Page 261: ...ll other codec preferences in 2 through 10 to None forces the phone to use only the basic codecs as in previous releases G 711 u law G 711 a law and G 729 If you select an additional codec to use in the codec preferences 2 through 10 fields those codecs are added to the list of Basic codecs for the phone to use 7 Optional In Codec 2 through Codec 10 select a preference of codecs with its payload t...

Page 262: ... is enabled by default Disable this field by unchecking the check box When enabled the phone negotiates whether or not to use silence suppression Disabling this feature forces the phone to ignore any negotiated value 10 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI Step Action ...

Page 263: ... collector receiving the reports Similar to the other IP Phone SIP account parameters the RTCP summary report parameters can be set on a global or a per line basis using the configuration files only The RTCP summary report parameters are sip rtcp summary reports sip LineN rtcp summary reports sip rtcp summary report collector sip LineN rtcp summary report collector sip rtcp summary report collecto...

Page 264: ...he IP phone waits before dialing a preconfigured number As administrator you configure Autodial globally or on a per line basis for an IP phone The line setting overrides the global setting For example you can disable Autodial on a specific line simply by setting the line s autodial number parameter to empty blank Configuring AutoDial Using the Configuration Files You use the following parameters ...

Page 265: ...ial Settings 2 In the Autodial Number field specify the SIP number that the IP phone dials whenever the IP phone is off hook An empty blank value disables autodial on the phone For example 8500 3 In the Autodial Timeout field specify a value in seconds for the timer as follows If you want the IP phone to autodial the number immediately hotline whenever the IP phone is off hook accept the default v...

Page 266: ... dials whenever the IP phone is off hook as follows If set to 1 then the global autodial settings for this IP phone to this line If set to empty blank then disable Autodial on this line If set to a valid SIP number dial the SIP number specified for this line For example 8500 4 In the Autodial Timeout field specify a value in seconds for the timer for this line as follows If you want the IP phone t...

Page 267: ...by setting it in the configuration files the IP phone UI or the Aastra Web UI Configuring the Configuration Server Protocol Use the following procedure to configure the configuration server protocol Note For DHCP to automatically populate the IP address or domain name for the TFTP FTP HTTP or HTTPS server your DHCP server must support download protocol according to RFC2131 and RFC1541 for Option 6...

Page 268: ...nload new firmware and configuration files from the configuration server 7 Press Done 8 and 11 Line LCD phones or Set 3 Line LCD phones to save the changes 8 From the Configuration Server menu select from the following This selection is dependent on the Download Protocol you selected in step 6 TFTP Settings FTP Settings HTTP Settings HTTPS Settings IP Phone UI Step Action ...

Page 269: ...nate TFTP server Press Done or Set to save the change Select Alt TFTP Path Enter the path name for which the configuration files reside on the Alternate TFTP server for downloading to the IP Phone If the IP phone s files are located in a sub directory beneath the server s root directory the relative path to that sub directory should be entered in this field Enter the path name in the form folderX ...

Page 270: ... Set HTTPS Settings Select HTTP Client Select Download Server Enter the IP address of the HTTPS server Press Done or Set Select Download Path Enter the path name for which the configuration files reside on the HTTPS server for down loading to the IP Phone If the IP phone s files are located in a sub directory beneath the server s root directory the relative path to that sub directory should be ent...

Page 271: ... Press Change to select Do not redirect or Redirect Default is Do not redirect Enabling this feature redirects the HTTP protocol to HTTPS Press Set For 8 and 11 Line LCD Displays Press Change to select Yes and redirect HTTP to HTTPS Select No to not direct HTTPS to HTTPS Default is No Enabling this feature redirects the HTTP protocol to HTTPS Press Done Select XML HTTP POSTs For 3 Line LCD Display...

Page 272: ...es the Download Protocol field and press the value you want the phone to use for downloading from the configuration server Valid values are TFTP Default FTP HTTP HTTPS The IP phone uses the protocol you select to download new firmware and configuration files from the configuration server 7 After selecting the download protocol you must identify specific parameters for that protocol On the Cfg Svr ...

Page 273: ...ain name of the alternate TFTP server Press Alt TFTP Path Enter the path name for which the configuration files reside on the Alternate TFTP server for downloading to the IP Phone If the IP phone s files are located in a sub directory beneath the server s root directory the relative path to that sub directory should be entered in this field Enter the path name in the form folderX folderX folderX F...

Page 274: ...n the form folderX folderX folderX For example ipphone 6757i con figfiles HTTPS Settings Press HTTPS Server Enter the IP address of the HTTPS server Press HTTPS Port Enter the HTTPS port that the server uses to load the configuration to the phone over HTTPS Default is 443 Press HTTPS Path Enter the path name for which the configuration files reside on the HTTPS server for down loading to the IP Ph...

Page 275: ...4 112 41 001343 01 Rev 02 Release 3 2 2 Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Advanced Settings Configuration Server ...

Page 276: ...onal You can also configure an alternate TFTP server if required If Use Alternate TFTP is enabled you must also enter an IP address or qualified domain name for the alternate server in the Alternate TFTP field You can also enter a path name for the alter nate TFTP server in the Alternate TFTP Path field FTP Enter an IP address or fully qualified domain name in the FTP Server fiel d Enter the path ...

Page 277: ...erX For example ipphone 6757i configfiles Enter the HTTP port number in the HTTP Port field that the server uses to load the con figuration to the phone over HTTP Optional You can enter a list of users to be authenticated when they access the HTTP server in the XML Push Server List Approved IP Addresses field HTTPS Enter an IP address or fully qualified domain name in the HTTPS Server field Enter ...

Page 278: ...inistrator Passwords page 5 8 Locking Unlocking the Phone page 5 9 Defining an Emergency Dial Plan page 5 15 Time and Date page 5 20 Time Zone DST page 5 21 Time Servers page 5 30 Backlight Mode 6735i 6737i 6755i 6757i and 6757i CT only page 5 32 Display 6739i only page 5 34 Background Image on Idle Screen 6739i only page 5 38 Picture ID Feature page 5 39 Audio DHSG Headset 6735i 6737i 6739i 6753i...

Page 279: ...cy Location Identification Number ELIN page 5 102 Incoming Outgoing Intercom with Auto Answer and Barge In page 5 106 Group Paging RTP Settings page 5 110 speeddialKey Mapping page 5 114 Send DTMF for Remapping Conference or Redial Key page 5 116 Ring Tones and Tone Sets page 5 117 Priority Alerting page 5 121 Directed Call Pickup BLF or XML Call Interception page 5 127 Softkeys Programmable Keys ...

Page 280: ... page 5 289 Creating Customized XML Services on the IP Phones page 5 289 Configuring the Phone to use XML page 5 294 XML Get Timeout page 5 294 Configuring for XML on the IP Phone page 5 295 Using the XML Customized Service page 5 300 Action URIs page 5 302 Polling Action URIs page 5 309 Action URI Disconnected page 5 313 XML SIP Notify Events page 5 316 XML Softkey URI page 5 320 XML Key Redirect...

Page 281: ...Rev 02 Release 3 2 2 Authentication Support for HTTP HTTPS Download Methods used with Broadsoft Client Management System CMS page 5 339 Customizing the Display Columns on the M675i Expansion Module page 5 342 Topic Page ...

Page 282: ...pha characters the phone uses the default password instead Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Password Settings on page A 15 IP Phone UI 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select User Password 3 Enter the current user password 4 Press Enter 5 Enter the new user password Note The IP phones support numeric chara...

Page 283: ...ss Save The Options screen displays indicating your changes were saved Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation User Password 2 In the Current Password field enter the current user password 3 In the New Password field enter the new user password Note The IP phones support numeric characters only in passwords If you enter a password with alpha characters the phone uses the default password instead 4 In t...

Page 284: ...t a user password Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Phone Lock 2 In the Reset User Password field click The following screen displays 3 In the Current Password field leave this blank 4 In the New Password field enter a new password for the user Note The IP phones support numeric characters only in passwords If you enter a password with alpha characters the phone uses the default password instead ...

Page 285: ...lowed to gain access to the Options Menu and no more password prompts display for other password protected screens If the user fails to enter the correct password in three attempts access to the Options Menu is denied and the IP phone returns to the idle screen Procedure Use the following procedure to change the administrator password 2 Press Password A keyboard displays 3 Press on the Current Pas...

Page 286: ...Aastra Web UI to configure a softkey as Phone Lock and then pressing the key to lock unlock the phone Locking Unlocking the Phone Using the IP Phone UI Use the following IP Phone UI procedure to lock unlock an IP phone and prevent it from being used or configured Note All of the methods above configure locking unlocking of the phone dynamically Once configured the feature takes affect immediately ...

Page 287: ...one The phone locks Unlock the phone 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List A Phone is Locked screen displays allowing you to press an Unlock the Phone button 2 Press Unlock the Phone A prompt Enter Unlock Password displays as well as a keyboard 3 Enter the user or administrator password and press Enter Default is 22222 A prompt Unlock the Phone displays 4 Press Yes to unlock the phone The...

Page 288: ... from being used or configured Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Phone Lock Lock the phone 2 In the Lock the Phone field click The phone locks dynamically and displays the following message Phone is locked Unlock the phone 3 Click on Operation Phone Lock 4 In the Unlock the Phone field click The phone unlocks dynamically and displays the following message Phone is unlocked ...

Page 289: ...function of the key as phonelock Use the following procedure to configure a key as a lock unlock key using the configuration files Reference To use the lock unlock softkey or programmable key see Using the Configured Lock Unlock Softkey on the IP Phone on page 5 13 Configuration Files To configure a softkey programmable key as a lock unlock key using the configuration files see Appendix A the sect...

Page 290: ...ock key refer to the following procedure to use the key on the IP phone Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Softkeys and XML or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Module N Note Depending on your phone model the key configuration screen displays The 6757i Key Screen is shown as an example 2 Select a key you want to configure for locking unlocking the phone 3 In the ...

Page 291: ... locks The message Phone is Locked displays on the screen The LED for the softkey AND the Message Waiting Lamp illuminate steady ON Unlock the phone 1 Press the UNLOCK key The Unlock key has a steady ON LED A password prompt displays 2 Enter your user password and press ENTER The phone unlocks The LED for the key AND the Message Waiting Lamp go OFF The message Phone is unlocked briefly displays on...

Page 292: ...P phone for contacting emergency services Once you specify the emergency number s on the phone you can dial those numbers directly on the dial pad when required and the phone automatically dials to those emergency services The following table describes the default emergency numbers on the IP phones Note Contact your local phone service provider for available emergency numbers in your area Emergenc...

Page 293: ...one is not locked it checks to see if the number matches the emergency dial plan If it doesn t match it blocks the call from going through If the phone is locked and the number matches the emergency dial plan it allows the call to go through Adding a pre pend to a dial plan also works with both dialing digit by digit and dialing by string Limitation The following is a limitation for emergency dial...

Page 294: ...cy Dial Plan field enter the number used in your local area to contact emergency services For multiple numbers enter a between each emergency number For example 911 110 Default for this field is x xx You can enter up to 512 characters in this field 3 Click to save the emergency dial plan to your phone ...

Page 295: ...owing parameter in the configuration files for this feature sip user parameter dial plan When you enter a value for this parameter in the configuration files the phone performs in the following manner Note Entering a dial plan value for this parameter enables this feature Entering no value for this parameter in the configuration files disables this feature WHEN THEN the SIP phone calls a PSTN phon...

Page 296: ...checked AFTER an existing pre pend dial plan is checked so the number that the phone dials will have pre pend digits also Note You can configure the sip user parameter dial plan parameter on a global basis only If it is misconfigured then the parameter is ignored Configuration Files For the specific parameter you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section User Dial Plan Setting ...

Page 297: ...rvance starting in 2007 The Energy Policy Act of 2005 mandates that DST will now begin at 2 00 A M on the second Sunday in March and revert to Standard time on the first Sunday in November The changes to daylight savings time applies to the U S and Canada but may impact other countries outside North America Feature Method of configuration Set Time Format Configuration Files IP Phone UI Aastra Web ...

Page 298: ...rs you can enter in the configuration files Custom Configuration File Parameter Description Example time zone minutes The number of minutes the time zone is offset from UTC Coordinated Universal Time This can be positive West of the Prime Meridian or negative East of the Prime Meridian The default is Eastern Standard Time EST with a value of 300 GMT minus 5 hours time zone minutes 300 Note For add...

Page 299: ...ve integer from 1 to 5 1 first full week of month 1 last occurance dst start day in the month 2 second full week of month 2 second last occurance dst start day in the month 5 fifth full week of month 5 fifth last occurance dst start day in the month dst start week 2 dst end week The week in the specified month in which DST ends Valid value is a positive or negative integer from 1 to 5 1 first full...

Page 300: ...e date 0 absolute start of DST dst start month 3 March dst start week 2 second full week dst start day 1 Sunday End of DST dst end month 11 November dst end week 1 first full week dst end day 1 Sunday dst end day The day of the specified week in the specified month that DST ends on Valid values are an integer from 1 to 7 1 Sunday 2 Monday 7 Saturday dst end day 7 dst start hour The hour that DST s...

Page 301: ...yed time zone list On the IP Phone UI for 3 line phones you select Preferences Time and Date Time Zone Others and enter DP for the country code or press and select Dhcp from the displayed time zone list On the 6739i a User or Administrator can select Set Time Timezone Others and choose DP Dhcp from the displayed time zone list If you enable DHCP Option 2 via the IP Phone UI the change takes place ...

Page 302: ...rmation about setting a custom timezone see Appendix A Time Zone Name on page A 50 Configuring Time and Date Using the Configuration Files Use the following information to set a time and date format time zone and daylight savings time using the configuration files Configuring Time and Date Using the IP Phone UI Use the following procedure to set a time and date time and date format time zone and d...

Page 303: ...to display a list of countries and select a country For 5 Line LCD Displays Select from the following list of countries America Asia Atlantic Australia Europe Pacific Others DP Dhcp Custom Note For more information about setting the time zone to DP Dhcp or Custom see DHCP Time Offset Option 2 Support on page 5 24 Custom Time Zone Support on page 5 25 or Appendix A Time Zone Name on page A 50 11 Se...

Page 304: ...ne to enter the Options List Set Time Format 2 Press Set Time 3 Press Time Format and select a value for the time format on your phone Valid values are 12hr and 24hr Note The default Time Format is 12hr Set Date Format 4 Press Date Format 5 Select a date format from the list of values Valid values are WWW MMM DD default DD MMM YY YYYY MM DD DD MM YYYY DD MM YY DD MM YY MM DD YY MMM DD DD MMM YYYY ...

Page 305: ...ress a Time Zone from the list of values For valid values see Appendix A the section Time and Date Settings on page A 48 The default Time Zone is US Eastern 9 Press the to return to the previous screen Set Daylight Savings Time 10 Press Daylight Savings 11 Press a Daylight Savings time option Valid values are OFF 30 min summertime 1 hr summertime automatic Note The default for Daylight Savings is ...

Page 306: ...ime format you want to use on your phone Valid values are 12h 12 hour format default 24h 24 hour format Note The time displays on the phone s idle screen in the format you select for this field 3 In the Date Format field select the date format you want to use on your phone Valid values are WWW MMM DD default DD MMM YY YYYY MM DD DD MM YYYY DD MM YY DD MM YY MM DD YY MMM DD DD MMM YYYY WWW DD MMM D...

Page 307: ...wing procedure to enable disable the Time Server and optionally set the IP Address of Time Servers 1 2 and or 3 Setting Time Server Using the IP Phone UI Use the following procedure to set the Time Server and optionally set the IP Address of Time Servers 1 2 and or 3 Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Time Server Settings o...

Page 308: ...o enable disable Time Server 2 The NTP Time Server field is enabled by default If you need to disable the Time Server uncheck the box The Time Server 1 2 and 3 fields are grayed out when disabled To set Time Server 1 2 and or 3 3 Note The Time Server field must be enabled to enter values in the Time Server 1 2 and 3 fields In the Time Server 1 Time Server 2 and or Time Server 3 field s enter the I...

Page 309: ... this backlight feature using the configuration files and the IP Phone UI Configuring the Backlight Mode Using the Configuration Files Use the following information to set the backlight mode and backlight timer on the IP Phones Configuring the Backlight Mode Using the IP Phone UI Use the following procedure to set the backlight mode and backlight timer on the IP Phone using the IP Phone UI Configu...

Page 310: ...Auto Default Note Setting the Backlight to Auto displays an ADVANCED button for you to set the Auto timer 6 If you select Off press Done to save your setting 7 If you select Auto press the Advanced softkey to set the automatic timer IP Phone UI Step Action Select 1 Contrast Level 2 Backlight Display Done Off Auto Backlight Done Cancel Off Auto Backlight Done Cancel Advanced ...

Page 311: ... of brightness 8 Using the keypad enter the amount of seconds you want the phone to stay backlit when the phone is idle Valid values are 1 to 7200 seconds Default is 600 seconds equals 10 minutes When this period of time is reached the phone turns OFF the backlight Use the Backspace and or Clear softkeys to delete entries if required 9 Press Done to save your setting The setting applies immediatel...

Page 312: ...Display button 3 Press the Brightness Level button The following options display Level 1 Level 2 Level default 3 Level 4 Level 5 4 Press the level of brightness you want on your phone Level 1 is the least bright and Level 5 is the most bright Default is Level 3 5 Press the to return to the previous menu or press the to return to the idle screen Options ...

Page 313: ...conds of inactivity the LCD brightness goes OFF Setting Brightness Timer 6739i only IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Press the Display button 3 Press the Brightness Timer button A text box displays 4 Press the text box A pop up keyboard displays 5 Press the 123 key and enter a value in seconds for the Brightness Timer You can set the Brightness Timer from 0 ...

Page 314: ...bside 6 Press the screen as indicated by each prompt using a SOFT fine tip stylus pen Do not use a sharp object such as an ink pen or pencil which may damage the touch screen Touch the UPPER LEFT corner of the screen Touch the UPPER RIGHT corner of the screen Touch the LOWER RIGHT corner of the screen Touch the LOWER LEFT corner of the screen If you touched the screen in the wrong location the fol...

Page 315: ...tion server using either tftp ftp http and https protocols Idle Screen Image Requirements 640 x 480 pixels There should be no frame around the image 24 bit color depth recommended Both png and jpg files are supported Configuring Background Image on Idle Screen Use the following procedures to configure the background image on the idle scren Note The background image should not have white areas wher...

Page 316: ...Id number and Directory Callers List and or Redial List entry the generic blue figure image is shown Pictures must be in png format 150pixels wide x 200pixels tall and in 24 bit color The filenames for pictures must be stored using the phone number as the filename for example 9995551234 png Enabling and disabling Picture ID on the phone can be done by an Administrator using the configuration files...

Page 317: ... the use of non verified headsets or from incorrectly connecting headsets or cables Reference For more information about installing a DHSG headset on your phone see the IP Phone specific Installation Guide Configuring DHSG on the Phone You can enable or disable the use of a DHSG headset using the parameter dhsg in the configuration files or at the location Options Preferences Set Audio DHSG in the...

Page 318: ...nes with 5 line LCD screens display a large icon when Hi Q is being used on the call On 3 line LCD screens the text of Hi Q displays on the same line as the call timer IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Preferences 3 Select Set Audio 4 Select DHSG and toggle the DHSG support ON or OFF 5 If you select Off press Done to save your setting 6 Press Done to s...

Page 319: ...Live Dialpad on the IP Phones Enabling Disabling Live Dialpad Using the IP Phone UI Use the following procedure to enable disable Live Dialpad on the IP Phones Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Live Dialpad Settings on page A 68 IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Preferences 3 S...

Page 320: ... You can use the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI to perform the download Each language pack consists of the IP Phone UI and Aastra Web UI translated in a specific language Loading Language Packs via the Configuration File mac cfg Using the configuration files you specify a language pack to load in the following format lang_ ISO 639 _ ISO 3166 txt or lang_ ISO 639 txt Available Language As...

Page 321: ...ells the phone which language packs to load When the language pack s have loaded you must then use the configuration files IP Phone UI to specify which language to display on the IP phone You must use the Aastra Web UI to specify the language to use in the Web UI References For more information about specifying the language to use see the section Specifying the Screen Language to Use on page 5 46 ...

Page 322: ... You use the following fields in the Aastra Web UI to specify which language packs to load Once the language pack is loaded to the phone it is available for selection from either the configuration files the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI ...

Page 323: ...affect 2 All languages may not be available for selection The available languages are dependant on the language packs currently loaded to the IP phone IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Language 3 Select Screen Language 4 Select English English default Danish Finnish Français French Español Spanish Deutsch German Italiano Italian Norwegian Português Por...

Page 324: ... The available languages are dependant on the language packs currently loaded to the IP phone English is the default language and cannot be changed or removed For more information about loading language packs see Loading Language Packs on page 5 43 4 Press the screen language you want to set on the phone The change takes place immediately 5 Press the to return to the previous menu or press the to ...

Page 325: ...ppendix A the section Language Pack Settings on page A 173 3 Click to save your changes Specifying the Language to Use in the Aastra Web UI 4 After restarting your phone log back in using the Aastra Web UI 5 Click on Basic Settings Preferences Language Settings 6 In the Webpage Language field select a language to apply to the Aastra Web UI Valid values are English English default Danish Finnish Fr...

Page 326: ...is feature using the Aastra Web UI or the IP Phone UI An Administrator can also use the configuration files to enable this feature Users can then use text and characters in a specific language when performing inputs on the phone The following tables identify the language characters that a User can enter on the 5i Series phones that support the Input Language feature Keypad Text Character Input Tab...

Page 327: ...àâçáåæ 3 DEF3ÉÈÊË def3éèêë 4 GHI4ÎÏ ghi4îï 5 JKL5 jkl5 6 MNO6ÑÓÒÔÖ mno6ñóòôö 7 PQRS7 pqrs7 8 TUV8ÚÙÛÜ tuv8úùûü 9 WXYZ9 wxyz9 SPACE SPACE Key Uppercase Characters Lowercase Characters 0 0 0 1 1 _ 1 _ 2 ABC2ÁÀÇ abc2áàç 3 DEF3ÉÈ def3éè 4 GHI4ÏÍ ghi4ïí 5 JKL5 jkl5 6 MNO6ÑÓÒ mno6ñóò 7 PQRS7 pqrs7 8 TUV8ÚÜ tuv8úü 9 WXYZ9 wxyz9 SPACE SPACE ...

Page 328: ... 2 ABC2ÄÀ abc2äà 3 DEF3É def3é 4 GHI4 ghi4 5 JKL5 jkl5 6 MNO6Ö mno6ö 7 PQRS7ß pqrs7ß 8 TUV8Ü tuv8ü 9 WXYZ9 wxyz9 SPACE SPACE Key Uppercase Characters Lowercase Characters 0 0 0 1 1 _ 1 _ 2 ABC2ÀCÇ abc2àcç 3 DEF3ÉÈË def3éèë 4 GHI4 ghi4 5 JKL5 jkl5 6 MNO6ÓÒ mno6óò 7 PQRS7 pqrs7 8 TUV8Ù tuv8ù 9 WXYZ9 wxyz9 SPACE SPACE ...

Page 329: ...ÉÊ def3éê 4 GHI4Í ghi4í 5 JKL5 jkl5 6 MNO6ÓÔÕ mno6óôõ 7 PQRS7 pqrs7 8 TUV8ÚÜ tuv8úü 9 WXYZ9 wxyz9 SPACE SPACE Key Uppercase Characters Lowercase Characters 0 0 0 1 1 _ 1 _ 2 АБВГ2ABC aбвг2abc 3 ДЕЁЖЭ3DEF Дeëжз3def 4 ИЙКЛ4GHI ийкл4ghi 5 МНОП5JKL мноп5jkl 6 РСТУ6MNO рсту6mno 7 ФХЦЧ7PQRS фхЧч7pqrs 8 ШЩЪЫ8TUV шщъы8tuv 9 ЬЗЮЯ9WXYZ ьзюя9wxyz SPACE SPACE ...

Page 330: ... Language option appears under the Language option in the IP Phone UI Example Use the following procedure to change the input language using the IP Phone UI Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Language Settings on page A 171 Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press the Options key 2 Select Language from the Options List 3 Sele...

Page 331: ...dless handset Nordic 5 Press Done when you have selected a language For the 6739i 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Press the Language button 3 Press the Input Language button The following options display English English default Français French Español Spanish Deutsch German Italiano Italian Português Portuguese Русский Russian Nordic 4 Press the input language you want to set on t...

Page 332: ... information about using XML objects for defining input language contact Aastra Telecom Customer Support regarding the Aastra XML Development Guide Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences Language Settings 2 Select a language from the Input Language field Setting this field allows you to specify the language to use when entering text in the Aastra Web UI IP Phone UI or in XML applicati...

Page 333: ...ISO 8859 2 Latin2 of multi national languages when displaying and inputing in the IP Phone UI and the Aastra Web UI UTF 8 is also compatible with XML encoding on the IP Phones The following table illustrates the Latin 2 character set now used on the IP Phones Note This feature is not applicable to the handsets on the 6757i CT and the 9480i CT ...

Page 334: ...41 001343 01 Rev 02 Release 3 2 2 5 57 ...

Page 335: ...evel When the minimum ringer level is reached while the user keeps pressing the button the level of sound does not change Note This minimum ringer volume does not affect the silent ring tone When the silent ring tone is selected no ringing will be played by the phone Configuration Files For the specific parameter you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Minimum Ringer Volu...

Page 336: ...n all the phones The locking parameters impact existing softkey and programmable key parameters as shown in the table below Locking Parameter Impacted Parameters Phone Model Affected softkeyN locked softkeyN type softkeyN label softkeyN value softkeyN line softkeyN states 9480i 9480i CT 6735i 6737i 6739i 6755i 6757i 6757i CT topsoftkeyN locked topsoftkeyN type topsoftkeyN label topsoftkeyN value t...

Page 337: ...se the Save key while using specific XML applications The Delete key allows you to remove entries from the Directory List and Callers List Must enter the Directory or Callers list and select an entry then press twice to delete entry By default the Save and Delete keys are locked so that a user can use them for saving and deleting only An Administrator can unlock these keys using the configuration ...

Page 338: ... change the functions of the Save and Delete keys and then an Administrator locks Keys 1 and 2 the functions are automatically set back to the default settings of Save and Delete Locking and Unlocking the Save and Delete Keys using the Configuration Files Note The Save and Delete functions are limited to Key 1 and Key 2 on the 6753i IP phone only Configuration Files For the specific parameter you ...

Page 339: ...t dial plan of x xx You configure the SIP Local Dial Plan using the Aastra Web UI or the configuration files The IP phone SIP local dial plan available symbols are as follows Dial Plan Example An example of a SIP Local Dial Plan is 01 XXX 2 8 XXXX 91XXXXXX XXXX X XX The dial plan in the above example can accept any 4 digit dial strings that begin with a 0 or 1 any 5 digit dial strings that begin w...

Page 340: ...ts 91 to any 10 digit number beginning with any digit from 2 to 9 that is dialed out Other examples of prepend mappings are 1X 9 Prepends 9 to any digit string beginning with 1 and terminated with 6XXX 579 Prepends 579 to any 4 digit string starting with 6 4 6 XXXXXX 78 Prepends 78 to any 7 digit string starting with 4 5 or 6 Example If you enter the following dial string for a local dial plan sip...

Page 341: ...l Tone The IP phones now support a feature that allows the user to dial a predefined dial string obtain a dial tone and continue dialing A User or Administrator can configure this using the existing Dial Plan feature on the phone You can enter a new character string in the dial plan that allows you to configure the secondary dial tone The character string is of the form where the period indicates ...

Page 342: ... the Local Dial Plan field enter a valid local dial plan up to 512 alphanumeric characters for the IP phone Default is X XX Enter prepended digits or a to present a secondary dial tone if required Note If a User enters a dial plan longer than 512 characters or a parsing error occurs the phone uses the default dial plan of x xx 3 Enable the Send Dial Plan Terminator field by checking the check box ...

Page 343: ... When the suppression of DTMF playback is enabled the IP phone dials the stored number and displays the entire number immediately in the LCD window allowing the call to be dialed much faster DTMF playback suppression is enabled by default Suppressing DTMF playback can be configured using the Aastra Web UI and the configuration files Configuring Suppression of DTMF Playback Use the following proced...

Page 344: ...Suppress DTMF Playback field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box Default is enabled 3 Click to save your settings You must restart your IP phone for the changes to take affect 4 Click on Operation Reset 5 In the Restart Phone field click to restart the IP phone and apply the changes ...

Page 345: ...s One tone is generated from a high frequency group of tones and the other from a low frequency group If you enable the Display DTMF Digits parameter the digits you are dialing from the keypad or from a softkey or programmable key display to the IP phone s LCD display This parameter is disabled by default no digits display when dialing You can enable the Display DTMF Digits parameter using the con...

Page 346: ... Display DTMF Digits field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box Default is disabled 3 Click to save your settings You must restart your IP phone for the changes to take affect 4 Click on Operation Reset 5 In the Restart Phone field click to restart the IP phone and apply the changes ...

Page 347: ...ncoming dtmf playback will suppress the playback of both SIP INFO and RFC2833 incoming DTMF tones The locally generated DTMF tones will still be played Configuring Suppress Incoming DTMF Playback Use the following procedures to suppress incoming DTMF playback on the IP phone Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Filter Out Inc...

Page 348: ...57i CT bases and the handset is currently on a call all additional incoming calls are rejected on the handset intercom calls are treated as regular incoming calls and are rejected pre dialing with live dial pad disabled still accepts incoming calls the Incoming Call Cancels Dialing parameter is ignored because the incoming call is automatically rejected the Missed Calls List does not get updated w...

Page 349: ...ication Settings Configure Global Call Waiting 2 The Call Waiting field is enabled by default To disable call waiting on a global basis uncheck this box Configure Per Line Call Waiting 3 The Call Waiting field is set to Global by default To enable call waiting for a specific line select enabled from the list in this field To disable call waiting for a specific line select disabled from the list in...

Page 350: ...ing call The tone is also audible to the caller to indicate to that caller you are currently on another call A User or Administrator can configure this feature using the Aastra Web UI An Administrator can also configure this feature using the configuration files Configuring Call Waiting Tone Use the following procedures to configure the Call Waiting Tone feature on the IP phone Note The Call Waiti...

Page 351: ...bled by default To disable this field uncheck the box This feature allows you to enable or disable the call waiting tone on the IP phone Note The Call Waiting Tone feature works only if the Call Waiting tone field is enabled at the location Advanced Settings Global SIP or Line X Basic SIP Authentication Settings 3 Click to save your changes ...

Page 352: ...one Period You use the following procedures to enable or disable Call Waiting Tone Period Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Call Waiting Settings on page A 76 Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences 2 In the Call Waiting Tone Period field enter a time period in seconds that the call waiting tone will be audible...

Page 353: ...tered Dial Tone Use the following procedures to configure stuttered dial tone on the IP phones Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files for enabling disabling stuttered dial tone see Appendix A the section Stuttered Dial Tone Setting on page A 159 Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences General 2 The Stuttered Dial Tone field is enabled by defa...

Page 354: ...n files the value you set in the Aastra Web UI overrides the Administrator s setting Setting and saving the value in the Aastra Web UI applies to the phone immediately Reference For more information about enabling disabling the XML Beep Support in an XML script see XML Customized Services on page 5 289 Configuring XML Beep Support Use the following procedures to enable disable XML Beep Support Con...

Page 355: ... For more information about configuring the status scroll delay for XML status messages see XML Customized Services on page 5 289 Configuring Status Scroll Delay Use the following procedures to configure Status Scroll Delay Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section XML Settings on page A 141 Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings...

Page 356: ...incoming call you can answer the call finish the call and then hang up You can still go back to the original outgoing call and finish dialing out Transfer Conference Call Behavior If you are dialing the phone to transfer or conference a call and your phone receives an incoming call your dialing is never interrupted regardless of whether the Incoming Call Interrupts Dialing is enabled or disabled F...

Page 357: ...le line and the LED blinks while you are dialing the second half of the conference or transfer If Incoming Call Interrupts Dialing Web UI or incoming call cancels dialing config file is disabled an incoming intercom goes to an available idle line and the LED blinks for that line The phone answers the call under all conditions Configuring Incoming Call Interrupts Dialing Use the following procedure...

Page 358: ...81 Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences General 2 Incoming Call Interrupts Dialing is disabled by default If required enable the Incoming Call Interrupts Dialing field by checking the check box 3 Click to save your changes ...

Page 359: ...e switch focus to ringing line parameter in the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuring Switch Focus to Ringing Line You use the following procedures to enable or disable Switch Focus to Ringing Line Note If you configure the BLF Xfer key s and or speeddial Xfer key s on the phone you can enable or disable the switching of the user interface focus to ringing line while the phone is in...

Page 360: ...Rev 02 Release 3 2 2 5 83 Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences General 2 The Switch Focus to Ringing Line field is enabled by default To disable this field uncheck the box 3 Click to save your changes ...

Page 361: ...at there is still a call on hold on Line 1 When this feature is disabled a ring splash is heard when the active call hangs up and there is still a call on hold Your can enable or disable this feature using the call hold reminder during active calls parameter in the configuration files or in the Aastra Web UI Configuring Call Hold Reminder During Active Calls You use the following procedure to enab...

Page 362: ...eminder During Active Calls field enable this feature by placing a check mark in the box When this feature is enabled a reminder tone is heard on the active call when another call is on hold When disabled a ring splash is heard when the active call hangs up and there is still a call on hold 3 Click to save your changes ...

Page 363: ... as soon as you put a call on hold even when no other calls are active on the phone When enabled the phone initiates a reminder ring splash periodically for the single call on hold When disabled no reminder ring splash is audible You can enable or disable this feature using the call hold reminder parameter in the configuration files or in the Aastra Web UI Configuring Call Hold Reminder You use th...

Page 364: ...able this feature place a check mark in the box When this feature is enabled the reminder ring splash timer starts as soon as you put a call on hold even when no other calls are active on the phone The phone initiates a reminder ring splash periodically for the single call on hold When disabled no reminder ring splash is audible 3 Click to save your changes ...

Page 365: ...uring Call Hold Reminder Frequency You use the following procedure to configure the Call Hold Reminder Frequency Notes 1 You must enable the call hold reminder and or call hold reminder during active calls parameter s for the above parameters to work 2 A value of 0 for the call hold reminder timer parameter disables the call hold reminder feature 3 A value of 0 for the call hold reminder frequency...

Page 366: ...l is created The phone switches back immediately after the call ends conference For incoming calls the phone switches back immediately after the call ends transfer For incoming or outgoing calls the current behavior is that the same line used to transfer the call does not change For incoming calls the phone switches back immediately after the call transfers blf The phone switches back immediately ...

Page 367: ...of 0 for the preferred line parameter it disables the preferred line focus feature 2 If you specify a value of 0 for the preferred line timeout parameter the phone returns the line to the preferred line immediately Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files for configuring the Preferred Line and Preferred Line Timeout see Appendix A the section Preferred Lin...

Page 368: ...es are None disables the preferred line focus feature 1 to 9 Default is 1 For example if you set the preferred line to 1 when a call incoming or outgoing ends on the phone on any line the phone switches focus back to Line 1 3 In the Preferred Line Timeout field enter the amount of time in seconds that the phone switches back to the preferred line after a call incoming or outgoing ends on the phone...

Page 369: ...er call when an active call is already present the phone displays softkey 1 as answer and softkey 2 as ignore You can press the required softkey as applicable For 3 line LCD phones If you enable this parameter and the phone receives another call when an active call is already present the ignore option only displays in the LCD window The phone ignores the incoming call If you press the DOWN arrow k...

Page 370: ...93 Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences General 2 Incoming Call Interrupts Dialing is disabled by default If required enable the Incoming Call Interrupts Dialing field by checking the check box 3 Click to save your changes ...

Page 371: ...atus code using the configuration files only Use the following parameter to configure a status code when ignoring incoming calls sip ignore status code Configuring Status Codes on Ignoring Incoming Calls You can use the following procedure to set the status code sent in the response when a user presses the Ignore key Note Valid status codes are based on RFC3261 Configuration Files For the specific...

Page 372: ... on single or all lines using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuring Message Waiting Indicator MWI Use the following procedures to configure MWI on the IP phone Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Message Waiting Indicator Settings on page A 159 Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences General 2 ...

Page 373: ...line basis using the configuration files only Configuring Message Waiting Indicator MWI Request URI Use the following procedure to configure an MWI request URI on the IP phone Note Sip Explicit MWI Subscription must be enabled to use this feature For more information about the Sip Explicit MWI Subscription parameter see Advanced SIP Settings optional on page 4 83 Configuration Files For the specif...

Page 374: ... the DND mode using the Aastra Web UI at the path Basic Settings Preferences General DND Key Mode An Administrator can also set the DND Key Mode using the configuration files Reference For more information about how DND works and how you can use it on the phones see the section Do Not Disturb DND on page 5 188 Configuring the DND Key Mode Use the following procedures to set the DND Key Mode on the...

Page 375: ... the phone to ON or OFF custom Sets the phone to display custom screens after pressing the DND key that list the account s on the phone The user can select a specific account for DND turn DND ON for all accounts or turn DND OFF for all accounts Notes 1 If there is only one account configured on the phone then the mode setting is ignored and the phone behaves as if the mode was set to Phone 2 Using...

Page 376: ... accounts are grayed out but set to the same configuration Using the Aastra Web UI if you make changes to that initial account the changes apply to all accounts on the phone Custom mode The Custom mode allows you to configure CFWD for a specific account or all accounts You can configure a specific mode All Busy and or No Answer for each account independently or all accounts On the 3 line LCD phone...

Page 377: ...on Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Call Forward Key Mode Settings on page A 137 Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences General Note If there is no CFWD key configured on the phone or it is removed you can still configure Call Forwarding via the IP Phone UI at the path Options Call Forward ...

Page 378: ...y to all accounts on the phone custom The Custom mode allows you to configure CFWD for a specific account or all accounts You can configure a specific state All Busy and or No Answer for each account independently or all accounts On the 3 Line LCD phones you can set all accounts to ALL On or ALL Off On the 8 and 11 Line LCD phones you can set all accounts to All On All Off or copy the configuratio...

Page 379: ...nit LLDPDU frames Allows LLDP packets to be received from the LAN port Allows the phone to use the location information Explicit Congestion Notification ECN Emergency Location Identification Number ELIN sent by the switch as a caller ID for making emergency calls Previously Aastra IP Phones had a 5 second time out for listening to LLDP MED responses when the phone is booting up If LLDP MED respons...

Page 380: ...iles Administrator lldp interval Configuration Files Administrator use lldp elin Configuration Files Administrator lldp startinterval Configuration Files Administrator LLDP Support IP Phone UI Administrator LLDP Aastra Web UI Administrator LLDP Packet Interval Aastra Web UI Administrator LLDP ELIN Aastra Web UI Administrator and User Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the c...

Page 381: ...E to save the change Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings 2 The LLDP field is enabled by default To disable LLDP click the check mark in the box to clear the check mark 3 In the LLDP Packet Interval field enter the time in seconds between the transmission of LLDP Data Unit LLDPDU packets The value of zero 0 disables this parameter Valid values are 0 to 21474...

Page 382: ... ELIN field is enabled by default To disable LLDP ELIN click the check mark in the box to clear the check mark This field enables or disables the use of an Emergency Location Identification Number ELIN received from LLDP as a caller ID for emergency numbers 7 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Page 383: ...ll For example an outgoing intercom call can use the configuration of line 1 but places the actual intercom call using line 9 Only an Administrator can configure outgoing intercom calls A phone side Intercom call indicates the phone is responsible for telling the recipient that an intercom call is being placed while a server side intercom call means the SIP server is responsible for informing the ...

Page 384: ...efore Auto Answer The IP Phones include support for the delay parameter in the Alert Info header used in conjunction with info alert autoanswer in order to facilitate auto answer functionality When present the value of the delay parameter specifies the length of time in seconds an IP phone rings before a call is auto answered If this value of the delay parameter set to 0 delay 0 then an incoming c...

Page 385: ...ing these parameters see Configuring Intercom Calls Settings on page 5 108 Note An administrator can configure the incoming and outgoing Intercom feature A user can configure the incoming Intercom feature only Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files for outgoing Intercom see Appendix A the section Outgoing Intercom Settings on page A 183 For specific para...

Page 386: ...re is turned on for the IP phone for answering Intercom calls To disable this field uncheck the box Note If the Auto Answer field is not checked disabled the phone rejects the incoming intercom call and sends a busy signal to the caller 3 The Microphone Mute field is enabled by default The microphone is muted on the IP phone for Intercom calls made by the originating caller To disable this field u...

Page 387: ...Paging RTP Settings Paging Key Operation Softkeys and XML Programmable Keys or Expansion Module Keys How it works After pressing a configured Paging key on the phone the Phone sends RTP to a preconfigured multicast address es IP port Any phone in the local network then listens for RTP on the preconfigured multicast address es IP port For both sending and receiving of the multicast RTP there is no ...

Page 388: ...ion is ignored The behavior for the incoming calls in this case is also based on the setting for the Allow Barge in parameter The incoming call is handled as if there were an existing call already on the phone Configuring Group Paging RTP Settings Use the following procedure to configure Group Paging RTP Settings using the configuration files Use the following procedure to configure RTP streaming ...

Page 389: ...enter a key label to assign to the Paging key for example Group 1 6 In the Value field enter a multicast IP address es and a port number for the Paging key When you press this key the phone initiates an outgoing multicast RTP session to the specified address es using the specified port For example 224 0 0 2 10000 Note When you select Paging for the Type field the Line field and state fields are di...

Page 390: ...com configuration settings The incoming Page is dependant on the Allow Barge In parameter setting and the Idling On Call state Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action On the IP Phone press the key you configured for Paging labeled as Group 1 in the following illustration The phone opens a multicast RTP session and an outgoing OR incoming phone screen displays as follows Press the Drop key to end the multic...

Page 391: ... Redial List If this parameter is set to 0 the key is active and can be pressed by the user This feature is configurable via the configuration files only Use the following procedure to enable disable the Redial Xfer and Conf keys Notes 1 On 8 and 11 Line LCD phones the Xfer and Conf keys are hard coded by default on keys 5 and 6 to the left of the LCD display and cannot be reassigned The Xfer and ...

Page 392: ...configure the Redial and Conference keys for speeddialing on the 6757i CT Base Station the Redial and Conference keys on the 6757i CT handset retain their original functionality The Redial and Conference keys on the handset are not configured for speeddial Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Mapping Key Settings on page A 19...

Page 393: ...key when the phone is idle During an active call the phone will send the custom number as DTMF using the phone configured DTMF method inbound vs out of band RFC2833 vs SIP INFO This feature can be configured using the new map redial as dtmf and map conf as dtmf parameters When a user presses the Redial key the mapped number will be sent out as DTMF during an active call if the current map redial k...

Page 394: ... default values for each type of configuration method Ring Tone Settings Table Configuration Method Valid Values Default Value Configuration Files Global 0 Tone1 1 Tone 2 2 Tone 3 3 Tone 4 4 Tone 5 5 Silent Per Line 1 global 0 Tone1 1 Tone 2 2 Tone 3 3 Tone 4 4 Tone 5 5 Silent Global 0 tone 1 Per Line 1 global IP Phone UI Global Tone 1 Tone 2 Tone 3 Tone 4 Tone 5 Global Tone 1 Configuration Method...

Page 395: ...ada UK Australia Europe generic tones France Germany Italy Mexico Brazil United Kingdom UK Russia Malaysia When you configure the country s tone set the country specific tone is heard on the phone for the following dial tone secondary dial tone ring tone busy tone congestion tones call waiting tone ring cadence pattern IMPORTANT You configure ring tones and tone sets using the Aastra Web UI IP Pho...

Page 396: ... 3 Select Tones 4 Select Set Ring Tone 5 Select the type of ring tone Tone 1 through Tone 5 or Silent 6 Press Done to save the change 7 Select Tone Set 8 Select the country for which you want to apply the tone set Valid values are Australia Europe France Germany Italy Mexico Brazil Russian Malaysia UK and US Default is US 9 Press Done to save the change The ring tone and tone set you select is imm...

Page 397: ...uration 2 In the Ring Tones section select a country from the Tone Set field Valid values are Australia Europe France Germany Italy Mexico Brazil Russia Malaysia UK and US Default is US 3 Select a value from the Global Ring Tone field Note See the Ring Tone Settings Table on page 5 117 for valid values For per line configuration 4 In the Ring Tone section select a line for which you want to set ri...

Page 398: ...mware strips out the URL and keyword parameter and maps it to the appropriate Bellcore tone If there is no keyword parameter in the Alert Info header or the INVITE message contains no Alert Info header then the IP phone firmware uses the Bellcore standard ring tone Asterisk Broadworks Servers The ring tone keywords that can display in the Alert Info header for an Asterisk and Broadworks server are...

Page 399: ...ing Tone Pattern Asterisk Broadworks Servers If you enable priority alerting when using a Sylantro server you can specify the Bellcore tone to be used for the following configurable criteria Ring Tone Pattern Sylantro Servers Sylantro Server Ring Tone Keywords alert acd auto call distribution alert community 1 alert community 2 alert community 3 alert community 4 alert emergency alert external ale...

Page 400: ...5 4400 Bellcore dr3 3 Ringing Silent Ringing Silent Ringing Silent Short Short Long 315 145 315 145 630 2975 400 200 400 200 800 4000 525 525 525 525 1025 4400 Bellcore dr4 4 Ringing Silent Ringing Silent Ringing Silent Short Long Short 200 145 800 145 200 2975 300 200 1000 200 300 4000 525 525 1100 525 525 4400 Bellcore dr5 5 Ringing 450 500 550 Note If the Do Not Disturb DND or the Call Forward ...

Page 401: ...425 250 250 Congestion 425 500 500 Call Waiting 425 100 100 100 10000 Ring Cadence 1000 4000 Tone Frequency Hz dBm0 Cadence ms tone pause tone Note Dial 425 10 Continuous Special Dial 425 10 500 50 Repetitive Busy 425 10 500 500 Repetitive Ringing 425 10 1000 4000 Repetitive Congestion 425 10 200 200 Repetitive Call Waiting 425 10 200 600 200 Non repetitive Tone Frequency Hz Cadence on off Dial 42...

Page 402: ...es Configuring Priority Alerting using the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedure to configure Priority Alerting using the Aastra Web UI Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the sections Priority Alert Settings on page A 162 Bellcore Cadence Settings on page A 168 Note You can configure Bellcore cadences using the configuration files ...

Page 403: ...uration files See the table Ring Tone Pattern Sylantro Servers on page 122 Reference For more information about enable disabling call waiting on the IP Phone see the section Call Waiting on page 5 71 For Sylantro Servers 3 Select a ring tone pattern for each of the following fields Group Internal External Emergency Priority auto call distribution community 1 community 2 community 3 community 4 4 C...

Page 404: ...ing the AastraIPPhoneTextMenu XML object in an XML script This allows the user to select the ringing extension from a text menu without having to dial The following illustration shows an example of how this feature displays to the LCD from an XML application Reference For more information about using the AastraIPPhoneTextMenu object contact Aastra Customer Support regarding the Aastra XML Developm...

Page 405: ...hone B 4 Phone C connects to Phone A How this feature works when Directed Call Pickup is disabled with BLF or BLF List 1 Phone A monitors Phone B via BLF List 2 Phone C calls Phone B Phone B rings 3 If you press the BLF List softkey on Phone A it performs a speeddial to Phone B 4 Phone C and Phone A are ringing Phone B on separate lines if available You can enable disable Directed Call Pickup usin...

Page 406: ...sabled 3 optional Enter a prefix in the Directed Call Pickup Prefix field For example 98 This prefix is appended to the beginning of the Directed Call Pickup number when dialed from the BLF or BLF List softkey 4 Enable the Play a Ring Splash field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box Default is disabled The IP phone plays a short ring splash when there is an incoming ...

Page 407: ...e check box 3 optional Enter a prefix in the Directed Call Pickup Prefix field For example 98 This prefix is appended to the beginning of the Directed Call Pickup number when dialed from the BLF or BLF List softkey 4 Enable the Play a Ring Splash field by checking the check box The IP phone plays a short ring splash when there is an incoming call on the BLF monitored extension If the Play a Ring S...

Page 408: ...ys In the Label field enter the name of the person who s extension you are monitoring if Type is BLF Note If BLF List type is selected no label value is required The BroadWorks BLF List name is configured in the BLF List URI field instead 9 In the Value field enter a value to associate with the softkey or programmable key For example for BLF the value is the extension you want to monitor For BLF L...

Page 409: ... user For example my6757i blf list as broadworks com Note The value of the BLF List URI parameter must match the list name configured Otherwise no values display on the 6757i screen and the feature is disabled 13 Select the line state idle connected incoming outgoing busy that you want to apply to the BLF softkey or programmable key 14 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Page 410: ...ing Disabling Directed Call Pickup on page 5 129 Configuration Files To set XML in the configuration files for Directed Call Pickup see Appendix A the section Softkey Programmable Key Feature Key Expansion Module Key Parameters on page A 199 Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences Directed Call Pickup Settings 2 Enable the Directed Call Pickup field by checking the check box 3 optional...

Page 411: ...and 11 Line LCD softkeys In the Label field enter the name of the person who s extension you are monitoring 9 In the Value field enter the URI that the phone uses to display the XML application to the LCD For example http 65 205 71 13 xml startup key php user SIPREMOTENUMBER Note For more information about creating an XML script to use with Directed Call Pickup see the Aastra XML Developer s Guide...

Page 412: ...sion module consists of 36 softkeys You can have up to 3 expansion modules on an IP phone totaling 108 softkeys Valid for 6735i 6737i 6739i 6753i 6755i 6757i and 6757i CT phones The M675i expansion module consists of 60 softkeys You can have up to 3 expansion modules on an IP phone totaling 180 softkeys Valid for6735i 6737i 6739i 6755i 6757i and 6757i CT phones Note When entering definitions for s...

Page 413: ...g outgoing busy speeddial idle connected incoming outgoing busy DND idle connected incoming outgoing busy BLF idle connected incoming outgoing busy BLF List idle connected incoming outgoing busy Auto Call Distribution ACD idle Directed Call Pickup DCP Group Call Pickup GCP idle connected incoming outgoing busy XML idle connected incoming outgoing busy Flash All states disabled Sprecode connected P...

Page 414: ...or example softkeyN states idle connected You must associate the softkeyN state parameter with a specific softkey In the following example the softkeyN states parameter is associated with softkey 12 softkey12 type speeddial softkey12 label voicemail softkey12 value 89 softkey12 states outgoing Note The IP phone idle screen condenses the softkeys So in the previous example softkey 12 will appear in...

Page 415: ...e keys are configurable using the Aastra Web UI or the configuration files Note The empty key type allows a softkey to be removed quickly by deleting the softkey information from the configuration file Softkey Idle Connected Notes softkey1 Key 1 Key 2 Line displays for softkey1 Key 1 in connected state is the Drop key Idle and connected display as applicable softkey2 not used not used Softkey2 is ...

Page 416: ...module keys to perform specific functions using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI The following table identifies the available functions of the softkeys programmable keys and expansion module keys on the IP phones Available functions may vary on each model phone IP Phone Model Softkeys Expansion Module Keys Programmable Keys Lines Available Handset Keys Available 9143i Not Applicable 7 ...

Page 417: ...ific User Guide for more information Busy Lamp Field BLF blf BLF Indicates the key is configured for Busy Lamp Field BLF use A user can dial out on a BLF configured key You can also set a BLF subscription period For more information about BLF see the section Busy Lamp Field BLF on page 5 156 For more information about BLF Subscription Period see BLF Subscription Period on page 5 161 Busy Lamp Fiel...

Page 418: ...ted and there is an active RTP stream for example when the call is not on hold For more information about the Flash key see your Model specific User Guide Sprecode sprecode Sprecode Indicates the key is set to automatically activate specific services offered by the server For example if the sprecode value of 82 is configured then by pressing the key 82 automatically activates a service provided by...

Page 419: ...tes the key is set for accessing the Callers List For more information on the Callers List see the section Callers List on page 5 266 Directory directory Directory Indicates the key is set for accessing the Directory List For more information about the Directory List see the section Directory List on page 5 274 Icom icom Intercom Indicates the key is set to be used as the Intercom key For more inf...

Page 420: ...icates the key is configured as a phone lock key allowing you to press this key to lock unlock the phone For more information about the lock unlock key see Locking IP Phone Keys on page 5 59 Paging paging Paging Indicates the softkey is set for Group Paging on the phone Pressing this key automatically sends a Real Time Transport Protocol RTP stream to pre configured multicast address es without in...

Page 421: ... 1 Click on Operation Softkeys and XML or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Module N Depending on your phone model the key configuration screen displays The 6757i Key Screen is shown as an example 2 Select a key to configure For Softkeys and Expansion Module Keys 3 In the Type field select the type of softkey you want to configure Reference For available type val...

Page 422: ...figure specific operational states Operational states display to the IP phone when a softkey is used To enable disable an operational state click the Idle Connected Incoming or Outgoing fields to check or uncheck the box Note Operational states are not applicable to expansion modules 8 Click to save your changes For programmable keys 9 In the Hard Key field select the programmable key type you wan...

Page 423: ...text user softkey screen parameter enabled In the configuration files you use the following parameters to enable and disable Collapsed Context User Softkey Screen Configuring Collapsed Context User Softkey Screen Use the following procedures to configure the collapsed context user softkey screen Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the s...

Page 424: ...Description 1 Line 1 Line 1 key Selects line one 2 Line 2 Line 2 key Selects line two 3 Line 3 Line 3 key Selects line three 4 Line 4 Line 4 key Selects line four 5 Icom Icom key Enter handset list to select handset to call 6 Dir Directory key Activate directory feature 7 Callers Callers key Activate callers feature 8 Xfer Transfer key Activate transfer feature 9 Conf Conference key Activate confe...

Page 425: ...ine keys are programmed for the feature key the handset is restricted to intercom calls only If all 12 programmable functions have been programmed to None the user is presented with a List empty message when the feature key is pressed For security reasons the user has 180 seconds 3 minutes to complete the programming Otherwise the phone displays the following error Error Session expired Please rel...

Page 426: ...h Auto Answer and Barge In on page 5 106 Directory dir Dir Indicates the key is set for accessing the Directory List For more information about the Directory List see the section Directory List on page 274 Callers callers Callers Indicates the key is set for accessing the Callers List For more information on the Callers List see the section Callers List on page 266 Transfer xfer Xfer Indicates the...

Page 427: ...ic to private mode A public and private key can be used when at a line item in the Directory List The Private key toggles a number in the Directory List to private The Public key allows a number in the Directory List to be sent to the handsets A 6757i CT accepts a maximum of 50 entries with the public attribute For more information about the public private keys see your Aastra IP Phone 6757i CT Us...

Page 428: ...on Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Handset Feature Key Settings 9480i CT and 6757i CT on page A 219 Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Handset Keys 2 Select the handset key you want to program 3 Select the function for that handset key from the Key Function field 4 Click to save the function you selected to the handset key The key pro...

Page 429: ... select a type of key from a list of approximately 26 key types to assign to a softkey programmable key expansion module key and or feature key Using the configuration files you can specify key types to display in the key type list that apply to a User s environment In addition to being able to specify which key types display in the list the Administrator can also determine in which order the key ...

Page 430: ...figuration file is downloaded the Park key list will show None Line speeddial XML and Park the Pickup key list will show None Line speeddial XML and Pickup all other keys that were configured as None before the download will show only None Line speeddial and XML Customizing the Key Type List Using the Configuration Files Use the following procedure to configure the Key Type List that displays in t...

Page 431: ...e speeddial option allows you to configure a preset string of numbers followed by a This feature allows the phone to speeddial a prefix number and then pause to let you enter the remaining phone number You can use this feature for numbers that contain long prefixes For example if you had the following speeddial configuration in the configuration files softkey2 type speeddial softkey2 label Europe ...

Page 432: ...dial keys on the phone using the Press and hold feature softkeys programmable keys expansion module keys and key pad speeddial menu in the IP Phone UI and the SAVE TO key If this parameter is set to disabled it blocks the user from using any of the features on the phone to create or edit a speeddial key Enabling Disabling the Ability to Add or Edit a speeddial Key Using the Configuration Files Use...

Page 433: ...cators show on the IP phone screen display next to the softkey or programmable key configured for BLF functionality When the monitored user is idle an icon with the handset on hook shows next to the BLF softkey or programmable key When the monitored user is on an active call a small telephone icon is shown with the handset off hook On 3 Line LCD phones the LED lights next to each BLF programmable ...

Page 434: ...ration files or the Aastra Web UI You can also specify a BLF list URI that the phone uses to access the required BLF list You can specify a BLF List URI using the list uri parameter in the configuration files or the BLF List URI field in the Aastra Web UI at the path Operation Softkeys Programmable Keys Expansion Module Keys Services BLF List URI For more information about the list uri parameter s...

Page 435: ...ed already For example 9995551212 Subscribecontext sip BroadSoft BLF Configuration You can enable the BLF feature on BroadSoft BroadWorks Rel 13 or higher through the BroadWorks Web Portal Each user must have the Busy Lamp Field service enabled for their user The user must add each desired extension to the Monitored Users List on the Busy Lamp Field service page and also enter in a list name for t...

Page 436: ...y Expansion Module Key Parameters on page A 199 BLF List URI Settings on page A 233 Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Softkeys and XML or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Module N Depending on your phone model the key configuration screen displays The 6757i Key Screen is shown as an example 2 Select a softkey programmable or expansion module key to configure 3 ...

Page 437: ...nsion you want to monitor For BLF List the value is an identifier for the list of numbers you are monitoring 6 Click to save your changes 7 In the Line field select a line number that is actively registered to the appropriate SIP proxy you are using 8 In the BLF List URI field enter the name of the BLF list defined on the BroadSoft BroadWorks Busy Lamp field page for your particular user For examp...

Page 438: ...600 1 hour Setting this parameter to a value lower than 3600 allows the configured BLF feature to become active more quickly after a software firmware upgrade or after a reboot of the IP phone If you enter a value lower than 120 for this parameter the default value 3600 will be used by the IP phone You can configure this feature using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuring BLF Su...

Page 439: ... Rev 02 Release 3 2 2 Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings 2 Enter a value in seconds from 120 2 min to 3600 1 hour in the BLF Subscription Period field 3 Click to save your changes ...

Page 440: ...er allowing the user to press one key to speeddial and transfer calls BLF Xfer Key Requirements and Functionality BLF Xfer and BLF A BLF Xfer key can be configured for subscribing to an extension and monitor the status of the extension similar to the BLF key functionality Changes of the state of the monitored extension are indicated by a LED Icon BLF Xfer and Blind Transfer Calls When the focused ...

Page 441: ...one is in the Ringing state pressing the speeddial Xfer key forwards the call to the predefined extension Configuring the BLF Xfer Key and the speeddial Xfer Key Using the Configuration Files You use the following parameters in the configuration files to configure the BLF Xfer key and or speeddial Xfer key on the IP Phone Note On the 6739i you can configure a BLF Xfer and speeddial Xfer softkeys u...

Page 442: ...oing busy prgkey1 type blfxfer prgkey1 value 35 prgkey1 line 1 Refer to the following in Appendix A to configure a BLF Xfer and speeddial Xfer key on the IP phone using the configuration files Configuration Files To set a BLF Xfer and speeddial Xfer key using the configuration files see Appendix A Softkey Programmable Key Feature Key Expansion Module Key Parameters on page A 199 ...

Page 443: ... and or the speeddial Xfer Key on the IP phone similar to configuring a BLF key or speeddial key using the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedure to configure BLF Xfer and or speeddial Xfer Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Softkeys and XML or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Keys Bottom Keys Tab 6757i example ...

Page 444: ...key label to assign to the BLF Xfer key for example BX35 4 In the Value field enter the monitored extension for example 35 5 In the Line field select the line for which you want to use the key functionality 6 On the Bottom Key tab in the States field select the state s idle connected incoming outgoing busy for which you want to use on the key Note States are not applicable to programmable keys 7 C...

Page 445: ... phones that have LCDs larger then 3 lines allowing you to abort the conference speeddial if required The message Ringing displays below the number when the far end is ringing The message Conf Unavailable briefly displays when a conference is already in progress or when the CT handset is in use The active call is not put on hold when the speeddial number is dialed Limitations for speeddial Confere...

Page 446: ... softkey1 line 3 topsoftkey1 type speeddialconf topsoftkey1 label Sales topsoftkey1 value 5645 topsoftkey1 line 3 prgkey1 type speeddialconf prgkey1 value 5645 prgkey1 line 1 expmod1 key1 type speeddialconf expmod1 key1 label Sales expmod1 key1 value 5645 expmod1 key1 line 3 Refer to the following in Appendix A to configure a speeddial Conf key on the IP phone using the configuration files Configu...

Page 447: ...f options 3 In the Label field enter a key label to assign to the speeddial Conf key for example Sales 4 In the Value field enter the number that the phone dials when the speeddial Conf key is pressed for example 4556 5 In the Line field select the line for which you want to use the key functionality 6 For phones with softkeys In the States field select the state s idle connected incoming outgoing...

Page 448: ...eive calls from the server the user logs into a queue Depending on the server configuration the IP phone is either in an unavailable or available state If the phone is set to available then the server begins to distribute calls to this phone immediately If the phone is set to unavailable then server waits until the IP phone user manually changes the phone status to available using the IP phone UI ...

Page 449: ...an ACD key on the phone Use the following procedures to configure an ACD key n the IP phone Configuring the ACD Auto Available Timer Note On the 6739i you can configure an ACD softkey using the IP Phone UI also For more information see the Aastra Model 6739i IP Phone User Guide Softkey Examples Top Softkey Examples Programmable Key Examples Extension Module Examples softkey1 type acd softkey1 labe...

Page 450: ...ration Expansion Module N Depending on your phone model the key configuration screen displays The 6757i Key Screen is shown as an example 2 In the Type field select Auto Call Distribution 3 In the Label field specify a name for this ACD softkey The Label helps identify which queue you are subscribing to when you login This field does not apply to the programmable keys on the 6730i 6731i 6735i 6753...

Page 451: ...g the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences Auto Call Distribution Settings 2 In the Auto Available check box click Enabled 3 In the Auto Available Timer field specify the length of time in seconds before the IP phone state is automatically reset to available Valid values are 0 to 120 seconds Default is 60 For example 60 4 Click to save your changes ...

Page 452: ...e softkey so it is easily recognizable to the IP phone user When the IP phone user wants to subscribe to the Customer Support queue the user presses the Support key and can log in Once logged in to the queue you can make himself available or unavailable to take calls by pressing the Available Unavailable key on the phone UI The server monitors your IP phone status When you set the IP phone to avai...

Page 453: ...D Blinking red LED No LED 6735i 6737i 6755i 6757i 6757i CT Solid Red LED icon Blinking Red LED Blinking icon No LED icon Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press the ACD softkey on your IP phone Note Check with your administrator to verify the label assigned to the ACD softkey on your IP phone The login screen see below appears In this example the ACD softkey accesses the Customer Support phone queu...

Page 454: ...stop receiving calls you can switch the IP phone status to unavailable While you are on a call or miss a call that has been distributed to your IP phone your IP phone status automatically switches to unavailable Your IP phone remains in the unavailable state until one of the following things occur You use the IP Phone UI to manually switch the IP phone state back to available or The availability t...

Page 455: ...tribute phone calls from this queue to your IP phone If your IP phone status remains unavailable after you log in then you must manually change the state to available in order to start receiving calls To temporarily stop receiving calls you can switch the IP phone status to unavailable While you are on a call or miss a call that has been distributed to your IP phone your IP phone status automatica...

Page 456: ...600 1 hour Setting this parameter to a value lower than 3600 allows the configured ACD feature to become active more quickly after a software firmware upgrade or after a reboot of the IP phone If you enter a value lower than 120 for this parameter the default value 3600 will be used by the IP phone You can configure this feature using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuring ACD Su...

Page 457: ... Rev 02 Release 3 2 2 Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings 2 Enter a value in seconds from 120 2 min to 3600 1 hour in the ACD Subscription Period field 3 Click to save your changes ...

Page 458: ...scribe message received from the server If no value is specified in the Subscribe message received from the server the phone uses the default value of 300 seconds You can configure this parameter using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuring the BLA Subscription Period Use the following procedures to configure the BLA Subscription Period Configuration Files To configure the BLA su...

Page 459: ...ue in seconds that the phone waits to receive a BLA subscribe message from the server If you specify zero 0 the phone uses the value specified for the BLA expiration in the subscribe message received from the server If no value is specified the phone uses the default value of 300 seconds Valid values are 0 to 3700 Default is 300 seconds 3 Click to save your changes ...

Page 460: ...ou select a call from this list and are connected to the call When you configure a GCP softkey you specify the ring group that you want to monitor for incoming calls For example suppose an Operator configures a GCP softkey to monitor incoming calls for a specific ring group extensions 2200 2210 When an incoming call is received on any of these extensions the Operator presses the GCP softkey and is...

Page 461: ...cedure uses the 6755i IP Phone as an example Configuration Files To set DCP GCP in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Softkey Programmable Key Feature Key Expansion Module Key Parameters on page A 199 Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Softkeys and XML or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Module N Depending on your phone model the key configuratio...

Page 462: ...In the Label field specify a name for this Directed Call Pickup softkey For example DCP2200 5 In the Value field specify the extension you want to intercept when you press this softkey For example 2200 6 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Page 463: ...a Web UI 1 Click on Operation Softkeys and XML or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Module N Depending on your phone model the key configuration screen displays The 6755i Key Screen is shown as an example 2 Select a key for which to configure Group Call Pickup 3 In the Type field select Directed Call Pickup 4 In the Label field specify a name for this Directed Ca...

Page 464: ...e monitored extension receives multiple incoming calls simultaneously the phone displays a list of incoming calls 3 Select a call from this list using the UP and DOWN arrow keys The call is answered Using Group Call Pickup GCP 1 When any of the monitored group of extensions receives a call press the GCP softkey to pick up the call The call is answered 2 If the monitored extension receives multiple...

Page 465: ...phone to ON or OFF Custom DND key displays custom screens on the IP Phone UI User can select whether to enable disable DND per account enable DND on all accounts or disable DND on all accounts The following table describes the DND key and Message Waiting Indicator MWI LEDs when you enable DND on the IP Phone You can configure the DND softkey and the DND mode Account Phone Custom using the configur...

Page 466: ... configuration files dnd key mode 2 softkey1 type dnd softkey1 states idle connected incoming outgoing busy In the above example softkey 1 is configured for DND for line 1 only with a custom configuration Pressing softkey 1 displays DND screens for which you can customize on the phone For specific screens that display in the IP Phone UI see the section Using DND Modes via the IP Phone UI on page 5...

Page 467: ... DND ON for all accounts on the phone DND key toggles all accounts on the phone to ON or OFF custom Sets the phone to display custom screens after pressing the DND key that list the account s on the phone The user can select a specific account for DND turn DND ON for all accounts or turn DND OFF for all accounts Notes 1 If there is only one account configured on the phone then the mode setting is ...

Page 468: ... on the number and name of accounts configured on the phone In the screen in step 4 Screenname1 is configured on Line 1 Screenname2 is configured on Line 2 and Screenname3 is configured on Line 3 The name for the account is dependant on the name specified for the Screen Name parameter at the path Advanced Settings LineN If you do not specify a value for the Screen Name parameter the account name i...

Page 469: ...oftkeys and XML or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Module Note If there is no DND key configured or if it is removed DND is disabled on the IP Phone 8 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI Softkeys 1 and 2 configured for DND ...

Page 470: ... procedure assumes you have already configured a DND key AND assumes there are three accounts configured on the phone Notes 1 If there is no DND key configured or if it is removed DND is disabled on the IP Phone 2 If there is only one account configured on the phone then the mode setting is ignored and the phone behaves as if the mode was set to Phone 3 Using the Aastra Web UI if you change the DN...

Page 471: ... On the 8 and 11 Line LCD phones With the account in focus on the IP Phone UI press the DND key to toggle DND ON or OFF for the account Use the RIGHT and LEFT arrow keys to scroll through each account In the above example Screenname1 Screenname2 and Screenname3 are three accounts configured on the phone Only Screenname1 and 3 have DND ON Screenname 2 has DND OFF Screenname1 DND On Jan 1 12 96 1 Sc...

Page 472: ...reen Pressing the DND key again disables DND on the line in focus turns off the MWI LED and the DND status icon disappears To enable disable DND for another account 1 Press the Services button 2 Press the DND button 3 Press On or Off to enable disable DND for a specific account Use the scroll keys if applicable to scroll through accounts Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action L1 John Smith 401 12 45pm Mon...

Page 473: ...r all accounts on the phone Toggling to ON enables DND on all accounts on the phone Toggling to OFF disables DND on all accounts on the phone Use the RIGHT and LEFT arrow keys to scroll through each account In the above example toggling Screenname1 to DND ON enabled DND for Screenname2 and 3 also Note Enabling DND in Phone mode toggles all accounts on the phone to DND ON Aastra IP Phone UI Step Ac...

Page 474: ... on the upper right of the screen Pressing the DND key again disables DND on the phone turn the MWI LED OFF and the DND status icon disappears To enable disable DND for all accounts on the phone 1 Press the Services button 2 Press the DND button 3 Press On or Off to enable disable DND for all accounts Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action L1 John Smith 401 12 45pm Mon Jan 1 John Smith 401 Home DND 404 Ca...

Page 475: ...tems 4 and 5 allow you to disable or enable DND on all accounts respectively You use the CHANGE key to enable or disable DND for a specific account You use the SET key to enable disable DND for all accounts After making the change you must press DONE and then Confirm to save the change Pressing Cancel 0 cancels the attempted change The following screen displays after pressing a DONE key Aastra IP ...

Page 476: ... above example Screenname1 and 3 have DND ON as indicated by a checkmark Screenname2 has DND off as indicated by an X The ALL ON and ALL OFF softkeys allow you to enable or disable DND on all accounts respectively You use the CHANGE key to enable or disable DND for a specific account selected After making the change you must press DONE to save the change Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Indicates In...

Page 477: ...pressing the DND key on the line in focus highlights the softkey in red to show that DND is enabled The MWI LED illuminates ON A DND icon appears in the status bar on the upper right of the screen Pressing the DND key again disables DND on the line in focus turns off the MWI LED and the DND status icon disappears To enable disable DND for another account 1 Press the Services button 2 Press the DND...

Page 478: ...ld any one from the group can pick up the held call As a multiple BLA group On one single phone multiple BLA DA can be associated with different line appearances Every BLA DA is independent from each other and follows the same rules as a single BLA group As multiple instances of a BLA DA A x line id parameter was defined in draft anil sipping bla 02 txt to present the incoming call to or place an ...

Page 479: ...ters sip lineN mode sip lineN username sip lineN bla number You configure BLA on a per line basis in the Aastra Web UI using the following fields at Advanced Settings Line 1 thru Line 9 Line Mode Phone Number BLA Number Sylantro servers and ININ servers require specific configuration methods for per line configurations For Sylantro Server When configuring the BLA feature on a per line basis for a ...

Page 480: ...ith appearance of phone 3 sip line1 mode 3 sip line1 user name 10102 sip line1 bla number 1010 for phone 3 sip line1 mode 3 sip line1 user name 1010 sip line1 bla number 1010 Use the following procedures to configure BLA on the IP phone Configuring Global BLA Configuring Per Line BLA Note The original phone number which has the bridged line appearance on other phones will have the sip lineN user n...

Page 481: ...iguration of BLA Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Authentication Settings For per line configuration of BLA Click on Advanced Settings Line N 1 9 In the Line Mode field select the BLA option 2 In the Phone Number field enter the phone number of the IP phone ...

Page 482: ...nfigured for BLA and you pick up a call on line 1 you must press the Hold button to share the call with the BLA group If you pick up a call on line 1 configured for BLA and another call comes in on line 2 you can pick up line 2 without putting line 1 on hold The line 1 call will be on hold automatically however it is on hold locally only The line 1 call cannot be shared with the BLA group 3 For gl...

Page 483: ... third party name must be configured using the sip lineN bla number parameter For third party registration to work effectively one of the lines should register as generic with its own username For example Bob has Alice s appearance on his phone Bob s configuration is as follows line 1 Bob sip line1 auth name 4082272203 sip line1 password sip line1 mode 0 sip line1 user name 4082272203 sip line1 di...

Page 484: ...WI for the first matching identity if more than one line with different user names has the same BLA account If a normal line has the same user name as the BLA user of another line the phone shows MWI only for the normal line Use the following procedure to configure BLA support for MWI Note The P Preferred Identity for BLA accounts is also sent for hold unhold messages Notes 1 If you change the set...

Page 485: ...ed by default To enable this feature place a checkmark in the Enabled box Notes 1 If you change the setting on this parameter you must reboot the phone for it to take affect 2 Both the sip explicit mwi subscription and sip mwi for bla account parameters must be enabled in order for the MWI subscription for BLA to occur 3 The MWI re subscription for the BLA account uses the value set for the sip ex...

Page 486: ...ep when another party has joined the call If a phone is configured for SCA bridging and it attempts to join a call but the account on the server does not have this functionality enabled an error message displays to the LCD on the phone The SCA call bridging feature is disabled by default on all phones You can enable this feature on a global or per line basis using the configuration files only Note...

Page 487: ...and users not involved in the SCA call Line Keys and Idle Screens State Call LED Call Caller ID Non Call LED Non Call Caller ID Idle N A N A Off N A Seized Solid Green None Solid Red None Progressing outgoing call Green Called Part7 Solid Red None Alerting incoming call Blinking Unselected Red N A Active Solid Green Far end Solid Red Far end Held Slow Flashing Green Far end Slow Flashing Red Far e...

Page 488: ...ircle Slow Flashing Red Sold Reverse Circle Slow Flashing Red Hold private Reverse empty blinking circle Slow Flashing Red Sold Circle Solid Red Bridge active Empty circle Solid Red Sold Circle Solid Red Bridge held Reverse empty blinking circle Slow Flashing Red Sold Circle Solid Red State Call LED Non Call LED Idle N A N A Seized Solid Red Solid Red Progressing outgoing call Solid Red Solid Red ...

Page 489: ...d Non Call Line Key Pressed Idle N A Attempt to seize the line Seized Hang up Ignore Progressing Hang up Ignore Alerting answer N A Active Hold Bridge Held Retrieve Bridge Hold private Retrieve Ignore Bridge active Hold Bridge Bridge held Retrieve Bridge Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Shared Call Appearance SCA Call Bri...

Page 490: ...LCD Phone UIs When a call comes in and you pickup the handset the custom label that you configured for the Park softkey displays on the Phone UI After the call is parked the label that you configured for the Pickup softkey displays on other phones in the network You can then press the Pickup softkey followed by the applicable value to pickup the call on another phone in your network On the Model C...

Page 491: ...yN type pickup softkeyN label pickupCall softkeyN states idle outgoing sip lineN park pickup config 98 99 sylantro BroadWorks softkeyN type park softkeyN label parkCall softkeyN states connected sip lineN park pickup config 68 88 broadworks softkeyN type pickup softkeyN label pickupCall softkeyN states idle outgoing sip lineN park pickup config 68 88 broadworks Server Park Configuration Pickup Con...

Page 492: ... 6 are configured for park the CT handsets use the configuration set for line 1 to park a call On 3 Line LCD phones you can enter a key label at Operation Softkeys and XML Park Pickup Call Server Configuration Values Use the following procedure to configure the park pickup call feature using the Aastra Web UI Note Applicable values depend on the server in your network Asterisk BroadWorks and Sylan...

Page 493: ...up softkey Note The Value and Line fields are already configured from the Park Pickup Config field 11 The pickup softkey has a default state of Idle and Outgoing Leave these states enabled or to disable uncheck the check boxes 12 Click to save your changes 13 Click on Reset then click to restart the IP phone and apply the changes For CT Handset s 1 Click on Advanced Settings Line 1 you can select ...

Page 494: ...ine LCD phones 1 Click on Advanced Settings Line 1 you can select any line 2 Under Advanced SIP Settings in the Park Pickup Config field enter the appropriate value based on the server in your network Note For values to enter in this field see the table Park Pickup Call Server Configuration Values on page 5 215 Note Leave the park pickup configuration field blank to disable the park and pickup fea...

Page 495: ...voice confirming that the call was parked or a hang up occurs The parked call party will get music on hold 3 If the call fails you can pick up the call using the next procedure and press the Park softkey again to retry step 2 Picking up a Parked Call 4 Pick up the handset on the phone 5 Enter the extension number where the call was parked 6 Press the Pickup softkey If the call pick up is successfu...

Page 496: ... lcr and the phone dials the last call you received When you configure an lcr softkey the label LCR displays next to that softkey on the IP phone When the Sylantro server detects an lcr request it translates this request and routes the call to the last caller Configuring Last Call Return Use the following procedures to configure LCR on the IP phones Note On the 6739i you can configure a Last Call ...

Page 497: ... to configure for Last Call Return 3 In the Type field select lcr 4 In the Line field select a line for which to apply the last call return configuration 5 The lcr softkey has a default state of Idle Connected Incoming Outgoing Leave these states enabled or to disable uncheck the check boxes as required 6 Click to save your changes ...

Page 498: ... Keys 2 Pick a handset key to configure for Last Call Return 3 In the Key Function field select lcr 4 Click to save your changes For 3 Line LCD phones 1 Click on Operation Programmable Keys 6753i Screen 2 Pick a key to configure for Last Call Return 3 In the Type field select lcr Aastra Web UI ...

Page 499: ...5 222 41 001343 01 Rev 02 Release 3 2 2 4 For 3 Line LCD phones In the Line field select a line for which to apply the lcr configuration 5 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Page 500: ... accounts on the phone Custom mode The Custom mode allows you to configure CFWD for a specific account or all accounts You can configure a specific mode All Busy and or No Answer for each account independently or all accounts On 3 Line LCD phones you can set all accounts to ALL On or ALL Off On the 8 and 11 Line LCD phones you can set all accounts to All On All Off or copy the configuration for th...

Page 501: ...gkeyN type or expmodX keyN type softkeyN states optional Use the following procedures to configure Call Forwarding on the IP phones Note On the 6739i you can configure a Call Forward softkey using the IP Phone UI also For more information see the Aastra Model 6739i IP Phone User Guide Notes 1 If there is no CFWD key configured on the phone or it is removed you can still set the CFWD modes via the ...

Page 502: ...ev 02 Release 3 2 2 5 225 Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Softkeys and XML or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Module 2 Click to save your changes Softkey 2 configured for CFWD ...

Page 503: ...he same configuration Using the Aastra Web UI if you make changes to that initial account the changes apply to all accounts on the phone custom The Custom mode allows you to configure CFWD for a specific account or all accounts You can configure a specific state All Busy and or No Answer for each account independently or all accounts On 3 Line LCD phones you can set all accounts to ALL On or ALL O...

Page 504: ...ll forwards incoming calls only if the account is in the busy state The calls are forwarded to the specified phone number The No Answer option call forwards incoming calls only if the account rings but is not answered in the defined number of rings The call gets forwarded to the specified number Note You can use the Busy and No Answer states together using different forwarding phone numbers If the...

Page 505: ...e When enabling a CFWD state you must specify a phone number for the phone to CFWD to The number you specify applies to all accounts of the same mode 2 Number and name of accounts that display to this screen are dependant on the number and name of accounts configured on the phone In the screen in step 6 Screenname1 is configured on Line 1 Screenname2 is configured on Line 2 and Screenname3 is conf...

Page 506: ...ront panel The following procedure assumes you have already configured a CFWD key AND assumes there are three accounts configured on the phone Notes 1 If there is no CFWD key configured on the phone or it is removed you can still enable CFWD via the IP Phone UI at the path Options Call Forward 2 If there is only one account configured on the phone then the mode setting is ignored and the phone beh...

Page 507: ...ard key The Call Forward Mode screen displays Use the UP and DOWN arrow keys to scroll through each state type In the above example CFWD All is enabled as indicated by a checkmark CFWD Busy is enabled but no call forward phone number configured as indicated by a and CFWD NoAns is disabled as indicated by an X Screenname1 CFWD All Jan 1 12 96 1 Screenname2 Jan 1 12 96 2 Screenname3 Jan 1 12 96 3 CF...

Page 508: ...ND CFWD NoAns are all enabled and or if the account has DND enabled the CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns You can also use the following keys if required All Off Disables all CFWD states for the current account in focus All On Enables all CFWD states for the current account in focus 4 Press the CHANGE key for the state you selected in step 3 Scroll to the CFWD State s...

Page 509: ...NGE 11 Press the NEXT key to select the number of rings to apply to the phone for call forwarding incoming calls Valid values are 1 to 20 Default is 1 When the phone receives an incoming call and call forward is configured on the phone the phone rings the number of times you specify in the No Rings screen and then forwards the call if there is no answer 12 Press SET to save the change Aastra IP Ph...

Page 510: ...Busy State CFWD No Answer Number CFWD No Answer State CFWD No Answer Rings Each time you press DONE the following Apply Changes screen displays 14 Press to confirm the change s each time the Apply Changes screen displays All changes are saved to the phone Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Apply Changes 0 Cancel Confirm ...

Page 511: ... Forward Mode screen displays Use the UP and DOWN arrow keys to scroll through each state type In the above example the account has CFWD All and CFWD NoAns enabled as indicated by a checkmark The CFWD Busy setting is enabled but no call forward phone number is configured as indicated by a Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Screenname1 CFWD All Jan 1 12 96 1 Screenname2 Jan 1 12 96 2 Screenname3 Jan 1 ...

Page 512: ...enabled and or if the account has DND enabled the CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns You can also use the following keys if required All Off Disables all CFWD states for the phone All On Enables all CFWD states for the phone Note In Phone mode the initial configuration you set for an account applies to all the accounts on the phone 4 Press the CHANGE key for the mode y...

Page 513: ...d press CHANGE 11 Press the NEXT key to select the number of rings to apply to the phone for call forwarding incoming calls Valid values are 1 to 20 Default is 1 When the phone receives an incoming call and call forward is configured on the phone the phone rings the number of times you specify in the No Rings screen and then forwards the call 12 Press SET to save the change Aastra IP Phone UI Step...

Page 514: ...WD No Answer Number CFWD No Answer State CFWD No Answer Rings Each time you press DONE the following Apply Changes screen displays 14 Press to confirm the change s each time the Apply Changes screen displays All the same changes are saved to all accounts on the phone Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Apply Changes 0 Cancel Confirm ...

Page 515: ...es enabled as indicated by a checkmark Screenname2 has one or more CFWD states disabled as indicated by an X Screenname3 has one or more CFWD states configured but a specific state has no call forward phone number configured as indicated by a Items 4 and 5 allow you to disable or enable CFWD on all accounts respectively Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Screenname1 CFWD All Jan 1 12 96 1 Screenname2 ...

Page 516: ...CFWD NoAns enabled as indicated by a checkmark The CFWD Busy setting is enabled for the account but has no call forward phone number configured as indicated by a Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Indicates Indicates CFWD All CFWD NoAns Indicates no CFWD phone number configured for Cfwd Mode Done 1 All Change Cfwd Mode Done 2 Busy Change Cfwd Mode Done 3 NoAns Change Cfwd Mode Done 4 All Off Set Cfwd ...

Page 517: ...rings The phone number can be different between accounts Note If CFWD All AND CFWD Busy AND CFWD NoAns are all enabled and or if the account has DND enabled the CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns You can also use the following keys if required All Off Disables all CFWD states for the current account in focus or all accounts All On Enables all CFWD states for the curren...

Page 518: ...d press CHANGE 11 Press the NEXT key to select the number of rings to apply to the phone for call forwarding incoming calls Valid values are 1 to 20 Default is 1 When the phone receives an incoming call and call forward is configured on the phone the phone rings the number of times you specify in the No Rings screen and then forwards the call 12 Press SET to save the change Aastra IP Phone UI Step...

Page 519: ...e CFWD No Answer Number CFWD No Answer State CFWD No Answer Rings Each time you press DONE the following Apply Changes screen displays 14 Press to confirm the change s each time the Apply Changes screen displays All changes are saved to the phone for all accounts Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Apply Changes 0 Cancel Confirm ...

Page 520: ...ou selected Use the UP and DOWN arrow keys to scroll through each state type In the above example CFWD All is enabled as indicated by a checkmark CFWD Busy is enabled but no call forward phone number is configured as indicated by a and CFWD NoAns is disabled as indicated by an X Tues Jan1 10 00am Services Dir Callers L1 Call Fwd Screenname1 CFWD All Tues Jan1 10 00am Services Dir Callers L2 Call F...

Page 521: ...e all enabled and or if the account has DND enabled the CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns You can also use the following keys if required All Off Key Disables all CFWD states for the current account in focus All On Key Enables all CFWD states for the current account in focus CopytoAll Key Copies the call forward phone number and state of the Call Forward mode All Busy...

Page 522: ...y Note You can press the AllAccts key to copy the settings in the current Call Forward Settings screen for a specific call forward mode to every account on the phone Every account will have the same settings for that call forward mode Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Call Forward Mode NoAns AllAccts Cancel Done State On Number 5551212 No Rings 1 Services Dir Callers Change Call Forward Mode NoAns Al...

Page 523: ...de 7 Use the DOWN arrow key to scroll to the No Rings field Press the CHANGE key to select the number of rings to apply to the phone for call forwarding incoming calls Valid values are 1 to 20 Default is 1 When the phone receives an incoming call and call forward is configured on the phone the phone rings the number of times you specify in the No Rings screen and then forwards the call Note You ca...

Page 524: ...scroll through each state type In the above example CFWD All is enabled as indicated by a checkmark CFWD Busy is enabled but no call forward phone number is configured as indicated by a and CFWD No Answer is disabled as indicated by an X Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Tues Jan1 10 00am Services Dir Callers L1 Call Fwd Screenname1 CFWD All Tues Jan1 10 00am Services Dir Callers L2 Call Fwd Screenna...

Page 525: ...mber of rings Note If CFWD All AND CFWD Busy AND CFWD NoAns are all enabled and or if the account has DND enabled the CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns You can also use the following keys if required All Off Key Disables all CFWD modes All On Key Disables all CFWD modes CopytoAll Key Copies the call forward phone number and state of the Call Forward mode All Busy No A...

Page 526: ... scroll to the No Rings field Press the CHANGE key to select the number of rings to apply to the phone for call forwarding incoming calls Valid values are 1 to 20 Default is 1 When the phone receives an incoming call and call forward is configured on the phone the phone rings the number of times you specify in the No Rings screen and then forwards the call Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Call Forwa...

Page 527: ...ase 3 2 2 8 Press DONE in the CFWD State Screen to save all changes Press DONE in the CFWD Mode Screen to save all changes Note In Phone mode the configuration applies to all the accounts on the phone Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action ...

Page 528: ...ugh each account In the above example Screenname1 has one or more CFWD states enabled as indicated by a checkmark Screenname 2 has one or more CFWD states enabled but a specific state has no call forward phone number configured as indicated by a and Screenname3 has one or more CFWD states disabled as indicated by an X Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Tues Jan1 10 00am Services Dir Callers L1 Call Fw...

Page 529: ...configuration you may have made without saving To cancel a configuration you must press this CANCEL key before pressing the DONE key 4 After selecting an account press CHANGE The Call Forward Mode screen displays for the account you selected Use the UP and DOWN arrow keys to scroll through each state type In the above example CFWD All is enabled as indicated by a checkmark CFWD Busy is enabled but...

Page 530: ...umber of rings The phone number can be different between accounts Note If CFWD All AND CFWD Busy AND CFWD NoAns are all enabled and or if the account has DND enabled the CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns You can also use the following keys if required All Off Key Disables all CFWD states for the selected account All On Key Enables all CFWD states for the selected acco...

Page 531: ...press the AllAccts key to copy the settings in the current Call Forward Settings screen for a specific call forward mode to every account on the phone Every account will have the same settings for that call forward mode Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Call Forward Mode NoAns AllAccts Cancel Done State On Number 5551212 No Rings 1 Services Dir Callers Change Call Forward Mode NoAns AllAccts Cancel D...

Page 532: ...o scroll to the No Rings field Press the CHANGE key to select the number of rings to apply to the phone for call forwarding incoming calls Valid values are 1 to 20 Default is 1 When the phone receives an incoming call and call forward is configured on the phone the phone rings the number of times you specify in the No Rings screen and then forwards the call Note You can press the AllAccts key to c...

Page 533: ...e ALL parameter call forwards all calls to another number regardless of the state of your phone 5 Press the On button to turn the CFWD parameter ON or the Off button to turn the CFWD parameter OFF 6 Press the Phone Number field A pop up keyboard displays 7 Using the keyboard enter the phone number that your phone will call forward to and press Enter Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Call Forward Acco...

Page 534: ...O ANSWER parameter in the No Rings field select the number of rings you want your phone to perform before call forwarding a call Note If All AND Busy AND NoAns are all enabled and if the account has DND enabled the CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns 10 Press the to return to the previous menu or press the to return to the idle screen Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Copy...

Page 535: ...one will call forward to and press Enter 6 If you enter a phone number for the ALL parameter you can press the to automatically copy the same phone number to the BUSY and NO ANSWER phone number fields 7 For the NO ANSWER parameter in the No Rings field select the number of rings you want your phone to perform before call forwarding a call Note If All AND Busy AND NoAns are all enabled and if the a...

Page 536: ... ALL parameter call forwards all calls to another number regardless of the state of your phone 5 Press the On button to turn the CFWD parameter ON or the Off button to turn the CFWD parameter OFF 6 Press the Phone Number field A pop up keyboard displays 7 Using the keyboard enter the phone number that your phone will call forward to and press Enter Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Call Forward Custo...

Page 537: ...r of rings you want your phone to perform before call forwarding a call 10 Press the to return to the previous menu 11 To configure CFWD for additional accounts repeat steps 2 through 9 Note If All AND Busy AND NoAns are all enabled and if the account has DND enabled the CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns 12 Press the to return to the previous menu or press the to retu...

Page 538: ...ne displays name and extension of where the call is being diverted to and reason for diverting the call The screen scrolls between Screen 1 and Screen 2 5 Roger s phone accepts the call and displays the name and number of the phone the incoming call Tim and the name or number of the original destination Mark The screens scroll between Screen 1 and Screen 2 Roger 464 1 2 Xfer More L1 Cancel Conf Di...

Page 539: ... place on the phones When multiple diversion headers are returned in a single 302 response back to the originating phone the phone that originated the call i e Tim s phone in above example displays the URI of the newest first encountered Diversion header but displays the REASON of the oldest last encountered Diversion Header The phone that receives the diverted call i e Roger s phone in example ab...

Page 540: ...n information on the phones IF THEN A value exists for the Display Name field in the TO header of the INVITE message for incoming calls the phone displays the call destination name Display Name field is empty the phone uses the name specified for the Screen name 1 parameter Screen name 1 parameter is empty the phone uses the name specified for the Display Name parameter Display Name parameter is e...

Page 541: ...o Screen 2 Call destination Screen 3 Call diversion Call Destination Enabled on 6739i L1 Answer Ignore 3456 Alice Bob 0409123456 L1 To Alice One Answer Ignore 3456 Alice L1 Answer Ignore 3456 Alice Bob 0409123456 L1 To Alice One Answer Ignore 3456 Alice L1 Via Tim Horton Answer Ignore 3456 Alice Page 1 Caller Info Page 2 Call Destination Page 3 Call Diversion Page 1 Caller Info Page 2 Call Destina...

Page 542: ...ons The following are limitations of this feature Any call destination name exceeding the screen length is truncated by the phone The CT cordless handsets do not support this feature Page scrolling every 3 seconds is hard coded and not configurable Configuration Files For the specific parameter you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Display of Call Destination for Incomi...

Page 543: ...g illustrations show the default location of the Callers List Key on each type of phone model 9480i 9480i CT Callers List Key 9143i Xfer Conf L2 L3 L1 Options Save Delete Directory Mute ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 1 4 3 6 2 5 7 9 8 0 9480i Conf Services Xfer Icom ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 1 4 3 6 2 5 7 9 8 0 Goodbye Options Hold Redial L1 L2 L3 L4 Callers List Key under Services Menu...

Page 544: ...Caller List key is ignored when pressed When enabled you can view scroll and delete line items in the Callers List from the IP phone UI You can also directly dial from a displayed line item in the Callers List You can download the Callers List to your PC for viewing using the Aastra Web UI Callers List Key 6735i 6737i 6757i CT 6753i 6730i 6731i 6739i Callers List Key Callers List Key 6757i 6755i ...

Page 545: ...arameter in the configuration files callers list disabled Valid values for this parameter are 0 enabled and 1 disabled If this parameter is set to 0 the Callers List can be accessed by all users If this parameter is set to 1 the IP phone does not save any caller information to the Caller List For 6757i and 6757i CT phones the Caller List option on the IP phone is removed from the Services menu and...

Page 546: ...ess the 3 Delete key 5 To cancel a delete function press the r or the s Scroll keys 6 To save a line item to a programmable key for speeddialing press the 3 Save key and enter the line number at the Save to prompt that is already configured for speeddialing at a programmable key 7 To exit the Callers List press the Callers List key again or the Goodbye key For the 6739i 1 Press the key on the phon...

Page 547: ...ra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Directory 2 In the Callers List field click on A File Download message displays 3 Click 4 Enter the location on your computer where you want to download the Callers List and click The callerslist csv file downloads to your computer 5 Use a spreadsheet application to open and view the Callers List ...

Page 548: ...fying URIs for these parameters cause the creation of an XML custom application instead of the standard function of the Callers List and Services keys An Administrator can configure these parameters using the configuration files only Creating Customizable Callers List and Services Keys Use the following procedure to create customized Callers List and Services keys on the IP Phone using the configu...

Page 549: ...esses the Callers List the number New Calls on the idle screen is cleared Enabling Disabling Missed Calls Indicator You can enable turn on and disable turn off the Missed Calls Indicator on the IP phones using the following parameter in the configuration files missed calls indicator disabled Valid values for this parameter are 0 enabled and 1 disabled If this parameter is set to 0 the indicator in...

Page 550: ...ine items that have the b icon with the receiver ON These are the missed calls to the phone 3 To clear the line item from the Callers List select the line item you want to clear and press the 3 Clear or Delete key depending on your phone model Note To cancel a delete function press the r or the s Scroll keys The line item deletes from the Callers List For the 6739i 1 Press the key on the phone to ...

Page 551: ...tory entry The following illustrations show the default location of the Directory Key on each type of phone model 9480i 9480i CT Directory Key 9143i Xfer Conf L2 L3 L1 Options Save Delete Directory Mute ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 1 4 3 6 2 5 7 9 8 0 9480i Conf Services Xfer Icom ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 1 4 3 6 2 5 7 9 8 0 Goodbye Options Hold Redial L1 L2 L3 L4 Directory Key under...

Page 552: ...41 001343 01 Rev 02 Release 3 2 2 5 275 Directory Key 6755i 6757i 6757i CT 6730i 6731i 6739i Directory Key Directory Key 6753i 6737i 6735i ...

Page 553: ...on files When disabled the Directory List does not display on the IP phone UI and the Directory List softkey is ignored when pressed This is an administrator function only If the Directory List is enabled you can view add change and delete entries to from the Directory List using the IP phone UI You can also directly dial a number from the Directory List This is an administrator and user function ...

Page 554: ...tory 2 my_personal_directory The IP phone recognizes the following characters in a Directory List A valid directory entry has a name a URI number and optional line number and an optional mode attribute all separated by commas If a line number is not present the entry is assigned to line 1 If a mode attribute public or private is not present the entry is assigned to Private The following directory ...

Page 555: ...ngle list and any duplicate entries are deleted from the list Any entries in this list that are not already in the phone s NVRAM are added to the NVRAM and flagged as being owned by the server Likewise any entries in the NVRAM that are owned by the server but are no longer in one of the server s directory files are removed from the NVRAM Entries made from the IP phone UI are never touched Director...

Page 556: ...2 Use the r and s to scroll through the line items in the Directory List To dial from an entry in the Directory List 3 At a line item in the Directory List pick up the handset press the d f key or press a line key The phone automatically dials the Directory List number for you To add a new entry to the Directory List 4 a Press the SAVE key or ADD NEW softkey depending on your model phone at the Di...

Page 557: ...ave to prompt displays Enter a number from 1 to 9 associated with the keypad where you want to save the item as a speeddial Note You must have a speeddial key previously configured on your phone to use this feature To configure a speeddial key see your Model specific User s Guide 9 To exit the Directory List press the DIRECTORY key again the GOODBYE key or the QUIT key depending on your specific p...

Page 558: ...the screen and the characters you typed display in a text box Dialing from the Directory You can dial a phone number or extension directly from an entry in the Directory List 1 Press the Key The Directory screen displays 2 Use the and keys to navigate the list to look for an entry or Press the button 3 Select the entry you want to dial All of the numbers display that are associated with the single...

Page 559: ...umber 7 Press the Label field enter the label associated with the number you just entered and then press Enter Use the pop up keyboard to enter the label 8 Press the buttons to select a Line 1 through 9 to associate with the phone number and label you are entering When you dial the current number from the directory the outgoing call uses the line number you assigned it 9 To add another phone numbe...

Page 560: ... the Directory List in the following ways Delete a single entry and all associated numbers and labels Delete all entries in the Directory List Delete specific numbers and labels from an entry Deleting a single entry or all entries 1 Press the Key The Directory screen displays 2 Use the and keys to navigate the list to look for an entry or Press the button 3 Press the entry you want to delete The s...

Page 561: ...ber and label from the entry or Press the field Number or Label you want to delete When the keyboard displays press the Backspace key to delete the text in the field and press Enter 6 Press the button to save your change s 7 Press the to return to the previous menu or press the to return to the idle Downloading from the Server to the IP Phone You can use the configuration files to download the Dir...

Page 562: ...to configure the download Note You must use TFTP to download the Directory List Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Directory 2 In the Directory List field click on A File Download message displays 3 Click 4 Enter the location on your computer where you want to download the Directory List and click The directorylist csv file downloads to your computer 5 Use a spreadsheet application to open and vie...

Page 563: ...will take the last n digits of the incoming call to perform the lookup For example if a local directory contains the following contact 555123456 Spain Office and the directory digits match parameter is configured directory digits match 9 the phone will take the last 9 digits of the incoming number 34555123456 and match it to the contact in the directory and display the following on the phone Spain...

Page 564: ...n ellipse character at the end of the number URI string The end of the Voicemail list displays the number of new voicemail messages if any exist Configuring Voicemail You configure Voicemail in the configuration files to dial a specific number to access an existing voicemail account The user then follows the voicemail instructions for listening to voicemails To configure the Voicemail feature on t...

Page 565: ...one number Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Voicemail Settings on page A 131 IP Phone UI Step Action For all phones 1 Press Services on the phone to display the Services menu 2 From the Services menu select Voicemail 3 Use the r and s to scroll through the line items in the Voicemail List 4 When you have selected a line i...

Page 566: ... numerical list of menu items on the IP phones AastraIPPhoneTextScreen for Text screens AastraIPPhoneFormattedTextScreen for Text screens Creates a screen of text that wraps appropriately Creates a formatted screen of text specifies text alignment text size text static or scrolling AastraIPPhoneInputScreen for User Input screens AastraIPPhoneInputScreen Time and Date Attributes for User Input scre...

Page 567: ...a Web UI See page 5 291 yes no Default no Note This value is case sensitive Clickable PhoneStatus Object 6739i only On the 6739i the status messages are displayed in a box on the idle screen which is also used by the phone to display missed calls This box can either be flat or a button the user can press if an URI has been sent along with the XML object Use with XML object See the Aastra XML Devel...

Page 568: ...he Aastra XML Developer s Guide 0 30 45 60 Default 45 XML Get Timeout Specifies a timeout value in seconds that the phone waits for the far side to return a response after accepting the HTTP GET connection Use with Configuration Files See page 5 294 0 to 214748364 seconds Default 0 never timeout LockIn Specifies whether or not the information on the LCD screen stays displayed when other events occ...

Page 569: ...or is no beep is heard when the object arrives to the phone The value set in the configuration files and Aastra Web UI override the attribute you specify for the AastraIPPhoneStatus object For example if the AastraIPPhoneStatus object has the attribute of Beep yes and you uncheck disable the XML Beep Support in the Aastra Web UI the phone does not beep when it receives an AastraIPPhoneStatus objec...

Page 570: ...iately without having to reboot the phone This feature involves creating XML scripts that push the changed configuration parameter s from the server to the IP phones You can use the AastraIPPhoneConfiguration object in the XML scripts to change configuration parameters or configure new parameters However since the IP phone does not save new parameters created in XML scripts to the local cfg file w...

Page 571: ...de accepts the GET connection but never returns a response it blocks the phone until it is rebooted If you enter a value greater than 0 for this parameter the phone times out and will not be blocked For more information about configuring this parameter see Appendix A the section XML Settings on page A 141 XML Push Requests In addition to initiating a request to an XML application from a softkey an...

Page 572: ... internet php xml application title Aastra Telecom xml application post list 10 50 10 53 dhcp10 53 ana aastra com Configuring for XML on the IP Phone After creating an XML application an administrator can configure the IP phone to use the application using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A ...

Page 573: ...d enter the HTTP server path or qualified domain name of the XML application you want to load to the IP phone For example you could enter an XML application called http 172 16 96 63 aastra internet php in the applicable field 7 In the XML Application Title field enter the name of the XML application that you want to display on the IP phone Services Menu In the illustration above the XML Applicatio...

Page 574: ...ld enter the host IP address and or domain name server You can enter multiple IP address and or domain name servers separated by commas In the example in Step 8 the illustration shows a host IP address of 10 50 10 53 10 50 10 54 in the applicable field 11 Click to save your changes Note No posting is performed if a session times out Aastra Web UI ...

Page 575: ... available key 3 In the Hard Key field select XML from the list box 4 In the Value field enter the IP address or qualified domain name of the XML application 5 Click to save your changes The XML application is applied to the IP phone immediately When the XML application is pushed to the phone via an HTTP POST a host IP address or domain name server is required ...

Page 576: ...ld enter the host IP address and or domain name server You can enter multiple IP address and or domain name servers separated by commas In the example in Step 6 the illustration shows a host IP address of 10 50 10 53 10 50 10 54 in the applicable field 8 Click to save your changes Note No posting is performed if a session times out Aastra Web UI ...

Page 577: ... to scroll through the line items in a menu driven and directory Custom Features screen Message services display to the screen after selecting the Custom Features option For user input services follow the prompts as appropriate 4 To exit from the Custom Features screen press Exit IP Phone UI Step Action For 3 Line LCD phones 1 Press the programmable key configured on the phone for XML services A C...

Page 578: ...the and keys to scroll through the line items in a menu driven and directory Custom Features screen Message services display to the screen after selecting the Custom Features option For user input services follow the prompts as appropriate 4 Press the to return to the previous screen 5 Press the button at any time to return to the idle screen ...

Page 579: ...I for which the phone executes a GET on when an incoming call event occurs Outgoing Call Specifies the URI for which the phone executes a GET on when an outgoing call event occurs Offhook Specifies the URI for which the phone executes a GET on when an offhook event occurs Onhook Specifies the URI for which the phone executes a GET on when an onhook event occurs Connected Specifies the URI for whic...

Page 580: ...riables action uri startup Startup REMOTENUMBER DISPLAYNAME SIPUSERNAME SIPAUTHNAME INCOMINGNAME PROXYURL LINESTATE LOCALIP DISPLAYNAME CALLDURATION CALLDIRECTION action uri registered Successful Registration SIPUSERNAME SIPAUTHNAME PROXYURL LINESTATE LOCALIP action uri registration event Registration Event REGISTRATIONSTATE REGISTRATIONCODE action uri incoming Incoming Call REMOTENUMBER DISPLAYNA...

Page 581: ...r more information see XML SIP Notify Events on page 5 316 action uri poll Poll For more information see Polling Action URIs on page 5 309 action uri poll interval Interval For more information see Polling Action URIs on page 5 309 Variable Description SIPUSERNAME Username associated with registered phone incoming caller outgoing caller SIPAUTHNAME Authentication name associated with registered ph...

Page 582: ...r DISPLAYNAME Display name associated with incoming caller SIPUSERNAME Username associated with registered phone incoming caller outgoing caller INCOMINGNAME Name associated with incoming caller CALLDURATION Note This variable allows for enhanced information in call records and billing applications Duration of last call This variable is associated with onhook CALLDIRECTION Note This variable allow...

Page 583: ...51212 You can configure this feature via the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuring XML Action URIs Use the following procedures to configure XML Action URIs using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Note If the phone can t find the Action URI you specify it returns a NULL response For example http 10 50 10 140 outgoing pl number Configuration Files For specific parameters y...

Page 584: ...ation event occurs Note For a successful registration event use the associated variables indicated in the table Action URIs and Associated Variables on page 5 303 The Successful Registration parameter executes on the first successful registration of each unique line configured on the phone 4 Enter an XML URI in the Registration Event field for when the phone performs registration For example http ...

Page 585: ...0 50 10 140 offhook php state LINESTATE This parameter specifies the URI for which the phone executes a GET on when an offhook event occurs Note For an offhook event use the associated variables indicated in the table Action URIs and Associated Variables on page 5 303 8 Enter an XML URI for an onhook event in the Onhook field For example http 10 50 10 140 onhook php state LINESTATE This parameter ...

Page 586: ...an specify the URI to be called and specify the interval between polls using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuration of this feature is dynamic no reboot required Configuring Polling Action URI via the Configuration Files Use the following parameters to configure the polling Action URI on the IP Phones action uri poll action uri poll interval Configuration Files For the specific...

Page 587: ...UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Action URI 2 In the Poll field enter a URI to be called every action uri pool interval seconds Enter the value in a URI format For example http myserver com myappli xml 3 In the Interval field enter the interval in seconds between calls from the phone to the action uri poll The value of 0 is disabled 4 Click to save your changes ...

Page 588: ...ter the following action uri connected http www example com connect php An Administrator can enable the Connected Action URI feature using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Limitations During SLA calls the phone uses the Action URI Connected parameter when the line is seized before the caller dials out SCA and BLA calls on hold trigger the Action URI Connected parameter since the retrie...

Page 589: ...ttings Action URI 2 In the Connected field enter a valid URI for which the phone executes a GET on when it goes into the connected state Leaving this field empty disables the Action URI Connected feature For example http www example com connect php 3 Click to save your settings ...

Page 590: ...RI The following table lists the applicable values for the LINESTATE variable The Action URI Disconnect feature allows an Administrator to determine the reason for the disconnect if required Note The LINESTATE variable is optional and not required when enabling the action uri disconnected parameter LINESTATE Value Description Meaning in a Disconnected URI IDLE Phone is idle N A DIALING Phone is of...

Page 591: ... which is what the remote server receives An Administrator can enable the disconnect feature using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuring the Action URI Disconnected Feature Use the following procedure to configure the Action URI Disconnected feature on the phone Note If the phone can t find the Action URI you specify it returns a NULL response For example http fargo ana aastra c...

Page 592: ... com disconnected xml state LINESTATE The following table lists the applicable values and descriptions for the LINESTATE 3 Click to save your settings LINESTATE Value Description Meaning in a Disconnected URI IDLE Phone is idle N A DIALING Phone is offhook and ready to dial N A CALLING A SIP INVITE was sent but no response was received Error occurred during the call OUTGOING Remote party is ringin...

Page 593: ...he SIP NOTIFY the XML content is processed as any XML object In the above example the phone calls http 10 30 100 39 XMLtests SampleTextScreen xml after reception of the SIP NOTIFY Example of a SIP NOTIFY with XML Content NOTIFY sip 200 10 30 100 103 5060 SIP 2 0 Via SIP 2 0 UDP 10 30 100 103 5060 branch z9hG4bK7bbc1fac rport From sip 201 10 30 100 103 5060 tag 81be2861f3 To Jacky200 sip 200 10 30 ...

Page 594: ...ects the message Enabling Disabling XML SIP NOTIFY using the Configuration Files To enable disable the SIP NOTIFY event you can set the following parameter in the configuration files sip xml notify event If the content is missing in the SIP NOTIFY message received by the phone the phone automatically uses the value you specify for the following parameter action uri xml sip notify Example of a SIP ...

Page 595: ... disabled by default To enable this field check the box This field enables or disables the phone to accept or reject an aastra xml SIP NOTIFY message Note To ensure the SIP NOTIFY is coming from a trusted source it is recommended that you enable the Whitelist feature Whitelist Proxy parameter on the IP phone If enabled and the phone receives a SIP NOTIFY from a server that is NOT on the whitelist ...

Page 596: ...ontent is missing in the SIP NOTIFY message received by the phone the phone automatically uses the value you specify for the Action URI XML SIP Notify parameter at the path Advanced Settings Action URI Click on Advanced Settings Action URI 2 Specify a URI to be called when an empty XML SIP NOTIFY is received by the phone For example http myserver com myappli xml Note The sip xml notify event param...

Page 597: ...ALLDURATION CALLDIRECTION When the softkey is pressed if the phone finds a URI configured with variables in the form VARIABLENAME they are replaced with the value of the appropriate variable After all of the variables are bound the softkey executes a GET on the URI Example For example if the administrator specifies an XML softkey with the value http 10 50 10 140 script pl name SIPUSERNAME This sof...

Page 598: ...s you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Softkey Programmable Key Feature Key Expansion Module Key Parameters on page A 199 Aastra Web UI For 8 and 11 Line LCD phones 1 Click on Operation Softkeys and XML 2 Select a key from keys 1 through 20 3 In the Type field select XML from the list box 4 In the Label field enter a label that displays on the IP phone for the XML soft...

Page 599: ...HNAME PROXYURL LINESTATE LOCALIP REMOTENUMBER DISPLAYNAME SIPUSERNAME INCOMINGNAME CALLDURATION CALLDIRECTION 6 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI For 3 Line LCD phones 1 Click on Operation Programmable Keys 6753i Screen 2 On 3 Line LCD phones select an available key 3 In the Type field select XML from the list box 4 On 3 Line LCD phones in the Label field enter a label that displays on the ...

Page 600: ...on when the key is pressed For example http 10 50 10 140 script pl name SIPUSERNAME Note You can use the following variables in the URI SIPUSERNAME SIPAUTHNAME PROXYURL LINESTATE LOCALIP REMOTENUMBER DISPLAYNAME SIPUSERNAME INCOMINGNAME CALLDURATION CALLDIRECTION 6 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Page 601: ... side key features The following table identifies the phone states that apply to each key redirection The following URI configuration parameters control the redirection of the keys and the voicemail option redial script xfer script conf script icom script voicemail script An Administrator can configure the XML key redirection URI parameters using the configuration files only Hard Keys Options Redi...

Page 602: ...ns Menu this password is required when accessing the local Option Menu but is not required for the Options Key redirection feature Pressing the Options Menu for redirection from the server does not interfere with normal operations of the phone for example pressing the options menu when on a call does not affect the call If the phone is locked you must unlock the phone before accessing the Options ...

Page 603: ...he phone is prevented from entering the off hook dialing state if the handset is off hook and the call ends An Administrator can enable allow phone to enter the off hook dialing state or disable prevent the phone from entering the off hook dialing state using the auto offhook parameter in the configuration files only Configuring the Off Hook Interaction Feature Use the following procedure to confi...

Page 604: ...e user that initiates a Get Request continues to get sent To allow the overriding of the locked phone for XML applications the System Administrator must enter the following parameter in the configuration files xml lock override Configuring XML Override for a Locked Phone using the Configuration Files Configuration Files For the specific parameter you can set in the configuration files see Appendix...

Page 605: ...ng for these parameters is 0 zero The following table describes each parameter Note Aastra Telecom recommends you leave the default of 0 zero as the settings for these parameters Parameter Description Headset tx gain The increased db or decreased db amount of signal transmitted from the headset microphone to t he far end party Headset sidetone gain The increased db or decreased db amount of sideto...

Page 606: ...s by pressing the d fkey When on speaker you can return to using the handset by placing the handset on the cradle and picking it up again 1 Headset Calls can be made or received using the headset Calls can be switched between the headset and handset by pressing the d fkey 2 Speaker Headset Incoming calls are sent to the speakerphone By pressing the d fkey you can switch between the handsfree speak...

Page 607: ...ible busy signal is also heard on the phone If enabled with a maximum time interval value this parameter also specifies the interval of time that the busy signal is audible You can enable disable this new parameter using the configuration files only The following are call terminated screens that display for each type of Aastra phone Call Terminated 1 6753i L1 6757i Call Transferred 12 23pm Goodbye...

Page 608: ...een for 5 seconds When 5 second times out the busy tone stops the disconnected screen disappears 2 or more lines active and a line NOT in focus is disconnected by the far end no busy tone plays no disconnected screen displays no Call Terminated message displays An incoming call comes in on the line in focus that has a disconnected screen displaying the line in focus with no calls on hold displays ...

Page 609: ...ocedure describes how to handle the call terminated screens on your phone For all phones IP Phone UI Press the Goodbye key The busy tone stops and the call terminated screen no longer displays or Select any Line key The busy tone stops and the call terminated screen no longer displays A dial screen displays ...

Page 610: ... IP phone user is connected to multiple conference calls some outbound proxies have maximum call hold time set from 30 90 seconds After this time the call that is on hold is disconnected Disconnect from an active conference call while allowing the other callers to remain connected Ability to create N way conference Join two active calls together into a conference call Incoming or outgoing active c...

Page 611: ...arameter sip lineN centralized conf Configuring Centralized Conferencing Using the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedure to configure centralized conferencing using the Aastra Web UI Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Centralized Conferencing Settings on page A 96 Aastra Web UI Global Configuration 1 Click on Advanced S...

Page 612: ...wing conf Sylantro server or Conference Broadsoft server By setting this field to conf or Conference you specify conf proxy_server _address proxy_port For example if the proxy server address is 206 229 26 60 and the port used is 10060 then by setting this parameter to conf you are specifying the following conf 206 229 26 60 10060 To reach the media server using a different address port than that s...

Page 613: ...og information This feature begins a conference using a join header as described in RFC 3911 The SIP Join feature provides the following 2 In the Conference Server URI field do one of the following actions To disable centralized conferencing on this line leave this field empty blank To enable SIP centralized conferencing on this line do one of the following actions If you have specified a proxy se...

Page 614: ...or configure the SIP whitelist Not applicable while the active call between two parties is in the early dialog state Configuring the SIP Join Feature Using the Configuration Files You use the following parameters to configure the SIP Join feature in the configuration files sip join support Conference Ends and Transfers Remaining Parties On the IP Phones a Host can drop from a 3 way conference and ...

Page 615: ...ctive calls Call A and Call B Call B is on hold The User can perform the following to transfer Call A to Call B 1 Press Xfer key A new line opens 2 Press or scroll to the Line where Call B is on hold 3 Press Xfer key Call A is transferred to Call B Reference For more information about using the Xfer key to transfer two existing calls see the IP Phone Model specific User Guide Limitations The follo...

Page 616: ...tkey a username password screen displays allowing the user to enter the configured username and password that is sent to the HTTP HTTPS server for digest authentication by the server By default username is aastra and password is aastra You can enter the username and password in two ways Using the configuration files you can change the default values for the following parameters http digest usernam...

Page 617: ...sword of aastra to the server The server sends the default profile to the phone This profile includes the information http digest force login 1 When the phone receives the profile it displays the Log In key on the IP Phone UI s idle screen 4 Press the Log In key to displays the username password screen 3 Line LCD Phones Login Screens 8 and 11 Line LCD Phones Login Screens Note On the 8 and 11 Line...

Page 618: ...e attempts to authenticate with the server If successful the phone reboots and loads the user configuration If unsuccessful the phone displays Authentication Failed Note The Username and Password fields accept special characters such as _ etc You can also specify domain names in the Username field i e user domain Login Screen Username Password Screen Tues Jan1 10 00am L1 471348471 Log In Username ...

Page 619: ...en consists of 2 columns with the following default headings on each page Page 1 List 1 and List 2 Page 2 List 3 and List 4 Page 3 List 5 and List 6 To use the M675i press the function key for the page you want to display to the LCD page 1 page2 or page 3 and press the applicable softkey List 1 List 2 BLF 200 Home speeddial Lock Unlock Softkeys Function Keys Press for page 1 Press for page 2 Press...

Page 620: ...xpansion Module 2 3 pages expmod2page1left expmod2page1right expmod2page2left expmod2page2right expmod2page3left expmod2page3right Expansion Module 3 3 pages expmod3page1left expmod3page1right expmod3page2left expmod3page2right expmod3page3left expmod3page3right Example The following is an example of configuring Expansion Module 1 column headings expmod1page1left Personnel Ext expmod1page1right Op...

Page 621: ...he M675i Expansion Module Column Display Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Customizing M675i Expansion Module Column Display on page A 234 Page 1 Screen Personnel Ext Operations Ext Marketing Ext Logistics Ext Engineering Ext Shipping Ext Page 2 Screen Page 3 Screen ...

Page 622: ...R 069 Support page 6 5 MAC Address Line Number in REGISTER Messages page 6 5 SIP Message Sequence for Blind Transfer page 6 7 SIP Message Sequence for Semi Attended Transfer page 6 7 Update Caller ID During a Call page 6 8 Boot Sequence Recovery Mode page 6 9 Auto discovery Using mDNS page 6 10 Single Call Restriction 6757i CT and 9480i CT only page 6 11 Missed Call Summary Subscription page 6 13 ...

Page 623: ...nable Microphone During Early Media page 6 47 Call Info Header to 200ok Responses for Shared Call Appearance SCA Lines page 6 47 Reason Header Field in SIP Message page 6 48 Configurable Allow and Allow Event Optional Headers page 6 48 Configurable SIP P Asserted Identity PAI page 6 49 Configurable Route Header in SIP Packet page 6 49 Configurable Compact SIP Header page 6 50 Reject INV or BYE whe...

Page 624: ...red by that TFTP server Single Call Restriction 6757i CT and 9480i CT only Allows you to enable or disable a single call restriction between the 6757i CT base unit and a call server Missed Call Summary Subscription Allows missed calls that have been redirected by the server to be incremented in the missed calls indicator on the phone it was initially directed to As Feature Event Subscription Allow...

Page 625: ...ophone during early media Call Info Header to 200ok Responses for Shared Call Appearance SCA Lines In Release 2 6 and up a Call Info header is included in the 200ok response to an INVITE RE INVITE and UPDATE messages for SCA lines Reason Header Field in SIP Message The IP Phones support the receiving of the Reason Header Field in a SIP CANCEL message as described in RFC3326 Configurable Allow and ...

Page 626: ...guration automatically In addition to configuring the phone with TR 069 you can also do the following Reboot the phone Reset to factory defaults Update the firmware of the device Backup restore configuration Upload the log file Reference For more information about TR 069 see the Aastra TR 069 Configuration Guide MAC Address Line Number in REGISTER Messages The IP phones can send the MAC address an...

Page 627: ...e Appendix A the section Advanced Operational Parameters on page A 236 Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Setting 2 Enable the Send MAC Address in REGISTER Message field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box 3 Enable the Send Line Number in REGISTER Message field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the ...

Page 628: ...figurable via the configuration files only The combination of this new parameter sip refer to with replaces and the existing parameter sip cancel after blind transfer determines how the semi attended transfer is completed The following table shows how the old and new parameters work together Configuration Files For the specific parameter you can set in the configuration files for enabling disablin...

Page 629: ...thin the Contact header The following parameter allows the system administrator to enable or disable this feature sip update callerid This parameter is configurable via the configuration files only Configuring Update Caller ID During a Call Configuration Files For the specific parameter you can set in the configuration files for customizing the semi attended transfer method see Appendix A the sect...

Page 630: ... after each faulty boot When the counter reaches a predetermined value it forces Web recovery mode The counter is reset to zero upon a successful boot The predetermined value is set using the following parameter in the configuration files max boot count A zero 0 value disables this feature The default value is 10 You can configure the boot sequence recovery mode parameters using the configuration ...

Page 631: ...ery or manually configured added to a network uses its predefined configuration to boot up Notes 1 Configuration parameters received via DHCP do not constitute configuration information with the exception of a TFTP server Therefore you can plug a phone into a DHCP environment still use the auto discovery process and still allow the use of the TFTP server parameter to set the configuration server 2...

Page 632: ...tive call on either the base unit or the handset any other attempt to make an active call is put on hold Also when this feature is disabled more than one call can negotiate complex audio codecs since only a single call is decoding audio at a time You can configure this feature via the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuring Single Call Restriction Configuration Files For the specific ...

Page 633: ...001343 01 Rev 02 Release 3 2 2 3 Click to save your settings Note The session prompts you to restart the IP phone to apply the configuration settings 4 Select Operation Reset and click Aastra Web UI Step Action ...

Page 634: ...hone that the call was initially directed to For example phones A B and C are connected to the server You configure the server to direct calls coming into phone B which has voicemail configured to be forwarded to phone C When phone A calls phone B the server forwards the call to phone C With this feature phone B receives notification from the server that the call was forwarded and the missed calls...

Page 635: ...eters to configure Missed Call Summary Subscription feature on a global basis Global Parameters sip missed call summary subscription sip missed call summary subscription period Use the following parameters to configure Missed Call Summary Subscription feature on a per line basis Per Line Parameter sip lineN missed call summary subscription Configuration Files For the specific parameters you can se...

Page 636: ...lls indicator on the phone it was initially directed to For example phones A B and C are connected to the server You configure the server to direct calls coming into phone B which has voicemail configured to be forwarded to phone C When phone A calls sip missed call summary subscription parameter phone B receives notification from the server that the call was forwarded and the missed calls indicat...

Page 637: ...ture events This feature is called as feature event and works with the DND CFWD and ACD keys This feature is configurable using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Per Line Configuration 1 Click on Advanced Settings Line N Advanced SIP Settings 2 Click to save your changes Notes 1 The DND CFWD and ACD server side feature is not applicable to the CT handset Aastra Web UI ...

Page 638: ...ward No Answer CFWDNA When you press the DND CFWD or ACD key only one attempt is made to enable disable the as feature event feature on the server The message Trying displays on the phone s LCD after pressing the key If the attempt is successful the idle screen displays If the attempt is unsuccessful the message Failed displays The user can press the softkey again to re attempt the feature if requ...

Page 639: ...g Out Unavailable Cancel Unavailable ACD Log Out Available Cancel 12 45pm Mon Jan 1 Login Cancel Please login L1 John Smith 401 ACD Support User ID Password Services Dir Callers Icom Backspace Log In Cancel 12 45pm Mon Jan 1 Logout Cancel ACD Support L1 John Smith 401 Available 12 45pm Mon Jan 1 Logout Cancel ACD Support L1 John Smith 401 Unavailable ...

Page 640: ... sip as feature event subscription period Note IMPORTANT If DND and CFWD are configured to use Account mode on the IP Phone pressing the DND and CFWD keys apply to the account in focus as described in Chapter 3 the section Account Configuration on page 3 34 If ACD is configured on the phone the ACD softkey applies to the line for which the key is configured The ACD softkey must be configured for t...

Page 641: ...nable disable the server side as feature event on the IP Phone using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings LineN Advanced SIP Settings 2 In the Advanced SIP Settings section enable the As Feature Event Subscription field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box 3 Click to save your changes ...

Page 642: ...d SIP Settings section in the As Feature Event Subscription Period field enter the amount of time in seconds that the phone waits after sending a SUBSCRIBE to receive a NOTIFY response from the server side Default is 3600 Valid values are 6 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI As Feature Event Subscription Period ...

Page 643: ... the blacklist then the IP phone attempts to send the message to the first server on the list You can specify how long failed servers remain on the blacklist in the IP phone s configuration file or in the Aastra Web UI The default setting is 300 seconds 5 minutes If you set the duration to 0 seconds then you disable the blacklist feature Configuring Blacklist Duration Using the Configuration Files...

Page 644: ...bal SIP Advanced SIP Settings 2 In the Blacklist Duration field specify the length of time in seconds that a failed server remains on the server blacklist The IP phone avoids sending a SIP message to a failed server if another server is available for this amount of time Valid values are 0 to 9999999 Default is 300 seconds 5 minutes For example 600 Note The value of 0 disables the blacklist feature...

Page 645: ... from a trusted proxy server only The IP phone rejects any call requests from an untrusted proxy server Configuring Whitelist Proxy Using the Configuration Files You use the following parameter to configure the whitelist proxy feature using the configuration files sip whitelist Configuration Files For the specific parameters you can set in the configuration files for setting Whitelist Proxy see Ap...

Page 646: ... Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings 2 The Whitelist Proxy field is disabled by default To enable this field check the box When this feature is enabled an IP phone accepts call requests from a trusted proxy server only The IP phone rejects any call requests from an untrusted proxy server 3 Click to save your changes ...

Page 647: ...blished during the registration of the phone If the phones are set to use Persistent TLS and a call is made from the phone this call and all subsequent calls use the same authenticated connection This significantly reduces the delay time when placing a call On the IP phones an Administrator can configure TLS and Persistent TLS on a global basis only using the configuration files or the Aastra Web ...

Page 648: ... is contained in the SIP message When an IP phone receives an incoming call the IP phone does the following actions Checks to see if the incoming call is from a registered proxy server If the call is forwarded via a registered proxy server then the message has already been verified and authenticated by the server The caller is part of the Trust Network The IP phone UI displays the caller informati...

Page 649: ...a Web UI Configuration Files For the specific parameters you can set in the configuration files for setting TLS see Appendix A the section Transport Layer Security TLS Settings on page A 110 Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings 2 In the Transport Protocol field select TLS or Persistent TLS Note If configuring Persistent TLS you must go to Advanced Settings Gl...

Page 650: ... root certificates for all the servers it is connecting to For example if the phone is connecting to server A which has a certificate signed by CA1 and server B which has a certificate signed by CA2 the phone must have CA1 root certificate and CS2 root certificate in its Trusted Certificate file Notes 1 If configuring TLS you must specify the files for Root and Intermediate Certificates the Local ...

Page 651: ... normal startup process using DHCP However the network port on the phone may or may not be disabled depending on the switch configuration Certificates and Private Key Information If the certificates and private key are NOT stored in the phone the phone connects to an open unauthenticated VLAN and the certificates are downloaded or the phone connects using EAP MD5 to a restricted VLAN and the certi...

Page 652: ...iguration files the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI Configuring the 802 1x Protocol Using the Configuration Files You use the following parameters to configure the 802 1x Protocol on your phone using the configuration files For EAP MD5 use eap type identity md5 password pc port passthrough enabled For EAP TLS use eap type identity 802 1x root and intermediate certificates use 1 root and 0 or 1 in...

Page 653: ... certificates and private keys must already be configured and stored on the phone Use the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI to load certificates and private keys Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press to enter the Options List 2 Select Administrator Menu and enter your Administrator password 3 On 11 Line LCDs Select Network Settings Ethernet VLAN 802 1x Settings On 3 Line LCDs Select Networ...

Page 654: ... or the Aastra Web UI to configure the certificates and private key for the phone 7 Press Done on 8 and 11 Line LCD phones or Press Set on 3 Line LCD phones 8 To configure MD5 select EAP MD5 Settings Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Done 802 1x Settings 1 802 1x Mode 2 EAP MD5 Settings Select 2 EAP MD5 Settings Yes Next Enter 1 802 1x Mode Next Enter Done 802 1x Mode Disabled Cancel EAP MD5 EAP TLS ...

Page 655: ... Step Action Done EAP MD5 Setting 1 Identity 2 MD5 Password Select 1 EAP MD5 Settings Next Enter 1 Identity Next Enter 2 MD5 Password Next Enter User Name Cancel Set Password Cancel Set Done Username Username Backspace ABC Cancel Nextspace 1 EAP MD5 Settings Next Enter 1 Identity Next Enter 2 MD5 Password Next Enter User Name Cancel Set Password Cancel Set Done Password Password Backspace ABC Canc...

Page 656: ... are Disable Default EAP MD5 phone uses MD5 authentication EAP TLS phone uses TLS authentication Note The 802 1x Protocol is disabled by default If you select EAP TLS authentication you must use the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI to configure the certificates and private key for the phone 8 Press EAP TLS Settings 9 Press Identity and then press the text box A pop up keyboard displays all...

Page 657: ...x Support To configure EAP MD5 2 In the EAP Type field select EAP MD5 Valid values are Disabled Default EAP MD5 and EAP TLS 3 In the Identify field enter an Identity for the IP phone for which you are configuring 802 1x For example phone1 4 In the MD5 Password field enter a password used for the MD5 authentication of the phone For example password1 5 Click to save your changes To configure EAP TLS...

Page 658: ...ns the root and intermediate certificates related to the local certificate For example root_Intermed_certifi pem 4 In the Local Certificate Filename field enter the filename that contains the local certificate For example localcertificate pem 5 In the Private Key Filename field enter the filename that contains the private key For example privatekey pem 6 In the Trusted Certificates Filename field ...

Page 659: ...ce port for UDP messages The IP phone also chooses a random source port for UDP messages if you configure a backup proxy server registrar server or outbound proxy server An Administrator can configure symmetric UDP signaling using the configuration files only Configuring Symmetric UDP Signaling Using the Configuration Files You use the following parameter to enable or disable Symmetric UDP Signali...

Page 660: ...agent Setting this parameter allows you to enable or disable the addition of the User Agent and Server SIP headers from the SIP stack You can configure this feature using the configuration files only Configuring UserAgent Server SIP Headers You use the following parameter to specify whether the UserAgent and Server SIP header is added to the SIP stack sip user agent Configuration Files For the spe...

Page 661: ...enable or disable this support using the configuration files Limitations of the GRUU Feature The following are limitations of the GRUU feature on the phones GRUU Draft 15 is not compatible with versions prior to GRUU Draft 10 Phones do not support temporary or phone created GRUUs Enabling Disabling GRUU and sip instance Support Use the following procedure to enable disable GRUU and sip instance su...

Page 662: ...lacing a call a secondary dial tone alerts IP phone users to enter the billing code The IP phone UI also displays a Enter Billing Code message If an IP phone user redials a number they do not have to re enter the billing code The billing code information is maintained and processed accordingly If an IP phone user enters an invalid billing code the call fails Mandatory versus Optional Billing Codes...

Page 663: ...one user is using billing code 500 and dialing the external number 617 238 5000 The IP user then enters the number using the following format 50500 6172385000 If the user is dialing configuring a Speed Dial number then they enter the number using the following format 50 billingcode phonenumber To use this format with the default dial plan terminator the sign required by Sylantro as a delimiter sho...

Page 664: ...IP phones issue requests for SRV records from the DNS server In the third method the IP phones issue requests for NAPTR records from the DNS server However the IP phones do not use the NAPTR record to determine whether to use a secure or unsecure communication path see the following table for a description of each method When the IP phone accesses the IP network it issues a DNS lookup request to f...

Page 665: ...aastra com for the SRV lookup 3 If the NAPTR record is returned test aastra com SIP D2T _sip _tcp test aastra com where the service type TCP mismatches the phone configured transport protocol UDP the phone will ignore this value and use the default value _sip _udp test aastra com for the SRV lookup Note The phone does not use the service type sent by the NAPTR response to switch its transport prot...

Page 666: ... the DNS query method for the phone to use for performing DNS lookups using the following parameter in the configuration files sip dns query type Configuration Files For the specific parameter you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section DNS Query Setting on page A 245 ...

Page 667: ...es only Enabling Disabling Out of Order SIP Requests Use the following procedure to enable disable out of order SIP requests Note As the default Asterisk configuration does not fully track dialogs through a reboot it is recommended that this parameter be enabled when using the BLF feature with an Asterisk server If you do not enable this feature then rebooting the Asterisk server may cause BLF to ...

Page 668: ...es the local ring tone unless it is receiving early media flow Enable Microphone During Early Media The phones now allow Administrators to enable or disable the microphone during early media by configuring the sip early media mute mic parameter Early media indicates the period when a call has not fully established i e the far end has not answered the call By enabling this parameter Administrators ...

Page 669: ...DP packet returned by the server may be too large and may fragment the packet To prevent the fragmenting of the UDP packet the Allow and Allow events headers may be removed using the parameter sip notify opt headers If this parameter is set to 0 disabled the optional headers are not included in the SIP NOTIFY neassage which reduces the size of the packet returned by the server and prevents fragmen...

Page 670: ...bling P Asserted Identity PAI Use the following procedure to enable disable PAI Configurable Route Header in SIP Packet The IP Phones support the following parameter sip remove route This parameter enables or disables the addition of the Route header in a SIP packet Enable this parameter for outbound proxies that do not support Route headers Enabling Disabling the Route Header in the SIP Packet Us...

Page 671: ...s equivalent to the above SIP header but uses the short compact format instead v SIP 2 0 UDP 10 50 91 2 5060 branch z9hG4bK571ebe0c rport 5060 received 10 50 91 2 f Unknown sip Unknown 10 50 91 2 tag as19d00fc8 t sip 1106 10 50 110 54 5060 transport udp tag 916699998 i 73cad5456806f3a7768d17e8617279d7 10 50 91 2 CSeq 102 OPTIONS By default the IP Phones use the long format However an Administrator...

Page 672: ...E with a 420 Bad Extension if the INV or BYE contains an unsupported value in the REQUIRE header Enabling Disabling a Rejection of the INV or BYE Use the following procedure to enable disable the athe rejection of the INV or BYE if the INV or BYE contains an unsupported value in the REQUIRE header Configuration Files For the specific parameter you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A ...

Page 673: ...e Keys Key Line1 to Key Line4 Line 1 to 4 Keys Note The phone ignores URI line keys 5 to 9 since it does not have Line 5 to 9 physical keys Keypad Keys Key KeyPad0 to Key KeyPad9 Numeric Keypad Keys 0 9 Key KeyPadStar Star Key Key KeyPadPound Hash Key Softkeys Key SoftKey1 to Key SoftKey n Softkey 1 to n valid softkeys depend on the number of physical softkeys on the phone Key TopSoftKey1 to Key T...

Page 674: ...ent Key Mute Mute Key Key Hold Hold Key Key Redial Redial Key Key Callers Callers Key Key Directory Directory Key Key Options Options Key Key Save Save Key Key Delete Delete Key Key Swap Swap Key Key Goodbye GoodBye Key Navigation Keys Key NavUp Navigation Up Key Key NavDwn Navigation Down Key Key NavLeft Navigation Left Key Key NavRight Navigation Right Key Function Keys only if physically config...

Page 675: ...re are two ways to format the XML key URI For XML Post Messages ExecuteItem URI XML Key URI Example ExecuteItem URI Key Line1 For XML Key Scripts URI XML Key URI URI Example URI Key Line1 URI SoftKey index 1 Label Keypad1 Label URI Key Line1 URI SoftKey ...

Page 676: ...ird party hosting provider delivers SIP services but does not have local access or control of the LAN side DNS infrastructure Configuring DNS Host File Pre caching from the Configuration Server The DNS host file must reside on the same server as the configuration files aastra cfg tuz etc and the filename to download is specified within the configuration Use the following parameter to configure the...

Page 677: ...he following parameter in the aastra cfg file followed by the host file name as the value sip dns host file filename txt For example sip dns host file hostfile txt Note If using a text file on a PC to enter this value you must enter a carriage return CR after entering the host file name 6 Save the file Make sure the aastra cfg and the hostfile txt files are on the configuration server in your netw...

Page 678: ...xample The first three records SRV 1 2 and 3 share a priority of 10 so the weight field s value is used by the phones to load balance across the three target host names Bigbox will get 60 of the load and smallbox1 and smallbox2 will each get 20 load Note The X indicates a DNS SRV with a value from 1 to 4 Note The sip dns srvX weight parameter must be configured but the phones will support this fea...

Page 679: ...g Configuration Files For the specific parameter you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section DNS Server Query on page A 249 Configuring DNS SRV Record Pre caching 1 Using a text based editing application open the aastra cfg file 2 Enter the parameter sip dns srvX name where X is a value from 1 to 4 Enter a value for the DNS SRV service URI For example sip dns srv1 name _sip _...

Page 680: ...r example sip dns srv1 port 5060 6 Enter the parameter sip dnx srvX target where X is a value from 1 to 4 Enter a value for the DNS server target Valid values are the host name or a fully qualified domain name For example sip dns srv1 target bigbox example com 7 Save and close the file 8 Place the aastra cfg file on the configuration server and download to the phones Configuring DNS SRV Record Pre...

Page 681: ......

Page 682: ... encryption on the IP phones and provides methods an administrator can use to store encrypted files to a server Topics This chapter covers the following topics Topic Page Encrypted Files on the IP Phone page 7 2 Configuration File Encryption Method page 7 2 Procedure to Encrypt Configuration Files page 7 3 Vendor Configuration File Encryption page 7 5 ...

Page 683: ...iple DES encrypted versions called mac tuz model tuz and aastra tuz Encryption is performed using a secret password that is chosen by the administrator The encryption tool is also used to create an additional encrypted tag file called security tuz which controls the decryption process on the IP phones If security tuz is present on the TFTP FTP HTTP server the IP phones download it and use it local...

Page 684: ... for the family of Aastra IP phones using 56bit triple DES and site specific keys Copyright c 2008 Aastra Technologies Ltd Copyright c 1999 Philip J Erdelsky Usage anacrypt infile cfg d dir p password m i v h Note Incorrect password produces garbage For site specific keyfile security cfg the plaintext must match password Anacrypt Switch Description infile cfg d dir Specifies that all cfg files in ...

Page 685: ...word 1234abcd C anacrypt 00085d000000 cfg p 1234abcd Example 4 Encrypting a mac cfg file with password 1234abcd using the new MAC encryption m is only supported for firmware version 2 2 0 and up C anacrypt 00085d000000 cfg m p 1234abcd Example 5 Encrypting all cfg files in C data with password 1234abcd using the new MAC encryption and generating a security tuz file at the same time 2 2 0 and up C ...

Page 686: ...tes the encryption key This method of encryption does not affect the implementation of the Aastra method of file encryption You can set the phone specific encryption key using the configuration files only For more information about configuration file encryption contact Aastra Technical Support Configuring Vendor Configuration File Encryption Use the following procedure to configure vendor configur...

Page 687: ......

Page 688: ...ion This chapter provides information about upgrading the IP phone firmware Topics This chapter covers the following topics Topic Page Upgrading the Firmware page 8 2 Using the Firmware Update Page in the Aastra Web UI page 8 2 Using the Restart Feature page 8 5 Using the Auto Resync Feature page 8 7 ...

Page 689: ...hone The phone automatically looks for firmware updates and configuration files during the boot process Setting an Auto Resync feature to automatically update the firmware configuration files or both at a specific time in a 24 hour period Feature can be enabled using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Using the Firmware Update Page in the Aastra Web UI You can use the Aastra Web UI to ma...

Page 690: ...t you want to download to your IP phone For example 53i st for a 6753i phone Note This file name must match the actual name of the firmware file residing on your configuration server IMPORTANT The phones use the following naming convention for the st files See the following table IP Phone Model Associated Firmware 9143i 9143i st 9480i 9480i st 9480i CT 9480iCT st 6730i 6730i st 6731i 6731i st 6735...

Page 691: ...he protocol server for where the new firmware resides For example C aastra configserver firmwareupgrade 6 In the Port field enter the port number of the protocol server For example 80 for HTTP or 443 for HTTPS Note This field is not applicable to the TFTP and FTP protocols 7 FTP only In the Username field enter the username that is used for authentication when the FTP server is accessed 8 FTP only...

Page 692: ...ownload is complete IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Restart Phone 3 For 3 Line LCD Displays Press to confirm Note To cancel the Restart press the 3 key For 8 and 11 Line LCD Displays Press Restart Note To cancel the Restart press Cancel For the 6739i 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Press Restart The following prompt displays Restart ...

Page 693: ...8 6 41 001343 01 Rev 02 Release 3 2 2 Restarting the Phone Using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Reset Phone 2 Click to restart the phone ...

Page 694: ...in a 24 hour period for the IP phone to be automatically updated This parameter works with TFTP FTP HTTP and HTTPS servers auto resync max delay Specifies the maximum time in minutes the phone waits past the scheduled time before starting a checksync auto resync days Specifies the amount of days that the phone waits between checksync operations In the Aastra Web UI you can set the following parame...

Page 695: ...pdate Auto resync affects the configuration files only However the settings in the Aastra Web UI take precedence over the IP phone UI and the configuration files 3 If the IP phone is in use not idle at the time of the resync check the reboot occurs when the phone becomes idle 4 The resync time is based on the local time of the IP phone 5 The automatic update feature works with both encrypted and p...

Page 696: ... on the IP phone automatically at the specified time if the files on the server have changed Both Updates the configuration files and firmware automatically at the specified time if the files on the server have changed Notes 1 If a user is accessing the Aastra Web UI they are not informed of an auto reboot 2 Any changes made using the Aastra Web UI or the IP phone UI are not overwritten by an auto...

Page 697: ...time before starting a checksync The range is 0 to 1439 Default is 15 5 In the Days field specify the amount of days that the phone waits between checksync operations The range is 0 to 364 Default is 0 Note A value of 0 causes the phone to checksync every time the clock reads the proper time A value of 1 forces the phone to wait 24 hours prior to doing the first checksync 6 Click to save your sett...

Page 698: ...n page 9 5 WatchDog Task Feature page 9 9 Error Messages Display page 9 11 Configuration and Crash File Retreival page 9 15 Troubleshooting Solutions page 9 19 Why does my phone display Application missing page 9 19 Why does my phone display the No Service message page 9 20 Why does my phone display Bad Encrypted Config page 9 20 Why is my phone not receiving the TFTP IP address from the DHCP Serv...

Page 699: ... configuration files or the Aastra Web UI you can specify the location for which to save files for troubleshooting purposes In the configuration files you use the following parameters to configure log settings log server ip The IP address for which to save log files for troubleshooting purposes log server port The IP port to use to save log files for troubleshooting purposes In the Aastra Web UI y...

Page 700: ...dules you can set Aastra Web UI Parameters Configuration File Parameters LINMGR Line Manager information log module linemgr UI User Interface UI related log module user interface MISC Miscellaneous log module misc SIP Call control SIP stack log module sip DIS Display drivers log module dis DSTORE Delayed storage log module dstore EPT Endpoint module log module ept IND Indicator module log module i...

Page 701: ...ciated with each level For example Fatal Errors Errors Warnings 1 2 4 7 log module linemgr 7 log module user interface 7 log module sip 7 In the above example fatal errors general errors and warnings are logged for the line manager user interface and SIP call control modules Example 2 Functions and Info 16 32 48 log module dis 48 log module net 48 log module snd 48 In the above example functions a...

Page 702: ...rt Information You can save the local and or server configuration files of the IP phone to the location specified in the Log Settings section Performing this task allows Aastra Technical Support to view the current configuration of the IP phone and troubleshoot as necessary In the Support Information section you can Get local cfg Get server cfg Show Task and Stack Status Aastra Technical Support u...

Page 703: ...ollowing procedures to perform troubleshooting on the IP phone via the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Log Settings on page A 252 Free Memory Max Memory Block Size ...

Page 704: ...tored 3 In the Log Port field enter the port number associated with the IP address specified in the Log IP field This port passes the information from the IP phone to the IP address location 4 Click to save your settings 5 Click on Operation Reset 6 In the Restart Phone field click to restart the IP phone To set blog modules 7 Select a module for which you want to have log files created and sent t...

Page 705: ...ager user interface and SIP call control modules 9 Click to save your settings 10 Click on Operation Reset 11 In the Restart Phone field click to restart the IP phone To perform support tasks 12 To store the local configuration file to the specified location click on in the Get local cfg field 13 To store the server configuration file to the specified location click on in the Get server cfg field ...

Page 706: ...ts a failure i e a crash it automatically reboots You can view a WatchDog crash file using the Aastra Web UI at the path Advanced Settings Troubleshooting You can enable disable the WatchDog task using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Enabling Disabling WatchDog Use the following procedure to enable disable the WatchDog Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the con...

Page 707: ... Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Troubleshooting Enable Disable WatchDog Task 2 The WatchDog field is enabled by default To disable the WatchDog task click in the Enabled box to clear the check mark 3 Click to save your changes View the Crash Log 4 To view a crash log in the Get a Crash Log field click the SAVE AS button You can open the file immediately or you can save the Crash Log to your P...

Page 708: ...ssages are discarded and if applicable new error messages display If there are no error messages during startup or after a reboot the message No Error Messages displays on the screen Error messages display in the language currently set on the phone The following table identifies the possible error messages that may display Possible Error Message Description Bad Certificate A Transport Layer Securi...

Page 709: ...or messages if any that generated during startup IP Phone UI 1 Press the Options key on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Phone Status 3 Select Error Messages 8 and 11 Line LCD Phones 3 Line LCD Phones Phone Status Done Select 1 IP MAC Addresses 2 LAN Port 3 PC Port 4 Firmware Info 5 Error Messages 5 Error Messages Enter ...

Page 710: ...n done viewing press Done or Exit to exit the Error Messages screen IP Phone UI Error Messages Done No Error Messages Error Messages error message 1 Fri Aug 4 1 55 pm error message 2 Fri Aug 4 1 57 pm error message 3 Fri Aug 4 2 00 pm Done error message 1 Fri Aug 4 2 00 pm Exit No Error Messages Exit Error Messages No Error Messages Error Messages No Error Messages 8 and 11 Line LCD Phones 3 Line ...

Page 711: ...owing procedure to view the error messages if any that generated during startup Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Troubleshooting Error Messages 2 Scroll down to the Error Messages section to view the error messages that may have generated during startup or reboot of the IP Phone Error Messages ...

Page 712: ...ined server When this feature is enabled configuration files only support files can be automatically or manually generated and uploaded when the server detects a phone failure An Administrator or User can manually send the files when required using the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI Each time the files are generated and uploaded a new timestamp on the file name is created so that existing files ...

Page 713: ... current phone error crash causing a reboot of the phone The MAC address date and time are specified in the file name to identify the phone sending the information and the date and time the file was generated and sent to the server for example 00033D000111_2010 02 27_0204pm_crash cfg Configuring Crash File Retrieval Using the Configuration Files Use the following procedure to configure crash file ...

Page 714: ...e message Files Sent displays For 3 Line Phones 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Phone Status 3 Select Upload System Info and press Enter The phone immediately generates the applicable Support Information files server cfg local cfg and or crash cfg and sends the files to the pre defined server The message Files Sent displays Select Done Options List 1 Call Forward 2 Preferen...

Page 715: ...nd username are configured in the Server cfg file a User can retrieve that information after the Server cfg file is loaded to the server TFTP does not report transmission failure if the destination server is down In this case the Support Information files are not sent Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Status System Information Support Information 2 Note Press Upload The phone immediately generates the appl...

Page 716: ...is unable to receive an IP from the DHCP server or has lost its record of its static IP the phone auto assigns itself the default IP 192 168 0 50 To recover the firmware for your phone in this circumstance please perform the following 1 Launch your web browser on your computer Note Your computer needs to be on the same network as your IP Phone 2 In the URL type http IP Address where IP Address is ...

Page 717: ...p parameter in the configuration files is correct Why does my phone display Bad Encrypted Config The IP phone displays Bad Encrypted Config because encrypted configuration files are enabled but the decryption process has failed Specific cases where decryption fails are Reason The site specific password in security tuz does not match the password used to encrypt the mac tuz or aastra tuz files Fix ...

Page 718: ...main name to the phone automatically If your DHCP server does not support Option 66 you must manually enter the IP address or qualified domain name for the TFTP server into your IP phone configuration For procedures on configuring the TFTP server using the IP phone UI and the Aastra Web UI see Chapter 4 the section Configuring the Configuration Server Protocol on page 4 104 For specific protocol p...

Page 719: ... Note To cancel the Restart press the 3 key For 8 and 11 Line LCD Displays Press Restart Note To cancel the Restart press Cancel For the 6739i 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Press Restart The following prompt displays Restart the phone 3 Press Yes to restart the phone or Press No to go back to the Optons Screen Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Reset Phone 2 Click to restart the...

Page 720: ...ults prompt displays Press Default to confirm For the 6739i 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Press Advanced and enter your Administrator password using the pop up keyboard that displays Default is 22222 3 Press Reset The Reset Configuration prompt displays 4 Press Factory Default The phone immediately sets the phone to factory defaults and automatically restarts the phone Aastra We...

Page 721: ...local config prompt displays Press Erase to confirm For the 6739i 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Press Advanced and enter your Administrator password using the pop up keyboard that displays Default is 22222 3 Press Reset The Reset Configuration prompt displays 4 Press Erase Local Cfg The phone immediately erases the local configuration and automatically restarts the phone Aastra ...

Page 722: ...user password 8 Press Enter A message Password Changed displays on the screen For the 6739i 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Press Password 3 Press the Current Password field A keyboard displays on the screen 4 Enter the current user password in the text box and press the Enter key on the keyboard 5 Press the New Password field 6 Enter the new user password in the text box and pres...

Page 723: ...p Action 1 Click on Operation User Password 2 In the Current Password field enter the current user password 3 In the New Password field enter the new user password 4 In the Confirm Password field enter the new user password again 5 Click to save your changes ...

Page 724: ...e phone unlocks IP Phone UI Step Action Lock the phone 1 Press the Options key on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Lock The prompt Lock the phone displays 3 Press Yes to lock the phone The phone locks Unlock the phone 1 Press the Options key on the phone to enter the Options List A Phone is Locked screen displays allowing you to press an Unlock the Phone button 2 Press Unlock the Phone...

Page 725: ...he phone 2 In the Lock the Phone field click The phone locks dynamically and displays the following message Phone is locked Unlock the phone 3 Click on Operation Phone Lock 4 In the Unlock the Phone field click The phone unlocks dynamically and displays the following message Phone is unlocked ...

Page 726: ...c and Advanced Parameters page A 7 Simplified IP Phone UI Options Menu page A 7 Network Settings page A 8 DHCP Option Settings page A 13 Password Settings page A 15 Emergency Dial Plan Settings page A 16 User Dial Plan Setting page A 16 Aastra Web UI Settings page A 18 Configuration Server Settings page A 19 Multiple Configuration Server Settings page A 30 Network Address Translation NAT Settings ...

Page 727: ...d Support page A 71 Contact Header Matching page A 72 SIP Basic Global Settings page A 73 Call Waiting Settings page A 76 SIP Basic Per Line Settings page A 83 BLA Support for MWI page A 94 Shared Call Appearance SCA Call Bridging page A 95 Centralized Conferencing Settings page A 96 Custom Ad Hoc Conference page A 97 SIP Join Feature for 3 Way Conference page A 98 HTTP HTTPS Authentication Suppor...

Page 728: ...Message Waiting Indicator Request URI Setting page A 160 DND Key Mode Settings page A 161 Priority Alert Settings page A 162 Bellcore Cadence Settings page A 168 SIP Diversion Display page A 169 Display of Call Destination for Incoming Calls page A 170 Language Settings page A 171 Language Pack Settings page A 173 Suppress DTMF Playback Setting page A 181 Display DTMF Digits Setting page A 182 Fil...

Page 729: ... 234 Expansion Module 1 through 3 page A 234 Advanced Operational Parameters page A 236 Blind Transfer Setting page A 236 Semi Attended Transfer Settings page A 236 Update Caller ID Setting page A 236 Boot Sequence Recovery Mode Settings page A 237 Single Call Restriction Setting page A 238 Blacklist Duration Setting page A 239 Whitelist Proxy Setting page A 239 XML Key Redirection Settings for Re...

Page 730: ...41 001343 01 Rev 02 Release 3 2 2 A 5 Log Settings page A 252 WatchDog Settings page A 254 Crash File Retrieval page A 255 Topic Page ...

Page 731: ...iguration on the phone not on the server Configuration changes made to the model cfg file override the configuration settings in the aastra cfg file Configuration changes made to the mac cfg file override the configuration settings in the model cfg and aastra cfg files Reference For information about configuration file precedence see Chapter 1 the section Configuration File Precedence on page 43 T...

Page 732: ...9i Warning When using the simplified menu you cannot change the Network settings from the IP Phone UI If the network settings become misconfigured you must factory default the phone and use the full menu to recover the network settings from the Phone UI OR use the Aastra Web UI to configure the network settings Full Options Menu Simplified Options Menu Call Forward Call Forward Preferences Prefere...

Page 733: ...opulates the following network information IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Domain Name Servers DNS TFTP HTTP HTTP Port HTTPS HTTPS Port and FTP servers and Timer Servers Note For DHCP to automatically populate the IP address or qualified domain name for the TFTP server your DHCP server must support Option 66 Format Integer Default Value 1 enabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example dhcp 1 Parameter ...

Page 734: ...upport Option 66 Format IP address Default Value 255 255 255 0 Range Not Applicable Example subnet mask 255 255 255 224 Parameter default gateway Gateway in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Basic Network Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The IP address of the network s gateway or default route...

Page 735: ...ir corresponding IP addresses Note For DHCP to automatically populate this parameter your DHCP server must support Option 66 Format IP address Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example dns1 192 168 0 5 Parameter dns2 Secondary DNS in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Basic Network Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg ...

Page 736: ...full duplex 100Mbps 3 half duplex 10Mbps 4 half duplex 100Mbps Example ethernet port 0 3 Parameter ethernet port 1 PC Port in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Basic Network Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The send TX and receive RX method to use on Ethernet port 1 to transmit and receive dat...

Page 737: ...Ethernet Link Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Basic Network Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables the PC port Note PC Port parameters are not applicable to the 6730i IP Phone Format Integer Default Value 1 enable Range 0 disable 1 enable Example pc port passthru enabled 1 ...

Page 738: ...characters Note The value for this parameter can also be a fully qualified domain name Example hostname aastra4 Parameter dhcp userclass DHCP User Class in Web UI Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings DHCP Settings DHCP User Class Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings Description Specifies the User Class...

Page 739: ...ions Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings Description The value specified for this parameter overrides the precedence order for determining a configuration server Note You must restart the IP Phone for this parameter to take affect Format Integer Default Value 0 Any no override uses normal precedence order of 43 160 159 66 Range 1 Disabled ignores all DHCP configuratio...

Page 740: ...ault Value 22222 Range 0 4294967295 Example admin password 1234567890 Parameter user password Current Password in Web UI IP phone UI Options User Password Aastra Web UI Operation User Password Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Allows you to set a new user password for the IP phone Note The IP phones support numeric characters only in passwords If you enter a password wit...

Page 741: ...gency number 112 An international emergency telephone number for GSM mobile phone networks In all European Union countries it is also the emergency telephone number for both mobile and fixed line telephones 110 A police and or fire emergency number in Asia Europe Middle East and South America Dial plan characters Length bytes 911 14 4xx 18 x xx 35 911 999 112 110 450 54 911 112 011XX 101XX 1 2 3 X...

Page 742: ...ername that looks like a PSTN number from the real PSTN number Note You can configure the sip user parameter dial plan parameter on a global basis only If it is misconfigured then the parameter is ignored Entering no value disables this feature Format Alpha numeric characters Default Value Blank Range Up to 512 characters More than 512 characters disables this parameter Example sip user parameter ...

Page 743: ...o the Options Menu is denied and the IP phone returns to the idle screen Note The password to enter is the administrator password configured for that phone Format Boolean Default Value 0 Range 0 false not password protected 1 true password protected Example options password enabled 1 Parameter web interface enabled Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables th...

Page 744: ...hone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings TFTP Server Primary TFTP Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Configuration Server Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The TFTP server s IP address If DHCP is enabled and the DHCP server provides the information this field is automatically populated Use this parameter to change the IP address or domain name of the TFTP server ...

Page 745: ...nfigfiles Format String Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 64 alphanumeric characters Example tftp path configs tftp Parameter alternate tftp server Alternate TFTP in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings TFTP Server Alternate TFTP Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Configuration Server Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The alternate TFTP serv...

Page 746: ...the form folderX folderX folderX For example ipphone 6757i configfiles Format String Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 64 alphanumeric characters Example alternate tftp path configs alternate Parameter use alternate tftp Use Alternate TFTP in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings TFTP Server Select TFTP Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Configuration Server Configurat...

Page 747: ...e For DHCP to automatically populate this parameter your DHCP server must support Option 66 Format IP address or fully qualified Domain Name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example ftp server 192 168 0 131 Parameter ftp path Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Configuration Server Settings IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu Configuration Server FTP Settings Configuration Files aastra cf...

Page 748: ...nes support usernames containing dots Format Text Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 63 alphanumeric characters Example ftp username 6757iaastra Parameter ftp password FTP Password in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings FTP Server Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Configuration Server Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The password to enter ...

Page 749: ...rameter your DHCP server must support Option 66 Format IP address or fully qualified Domain Name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example http server 192 168 0 132 Parameter http path HTTP Path in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings HTTP Server Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Configuration Server Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The ...

Page 750: ...xample http port 1025 Parameter https server HTTPS Server in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings HTTPS HTTPS Client Download Server Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Configuration Server Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The HTTPS server s IP address This will become effective after this configuration file has been downloaded into the phone Optio...

Page 751: ...rectory should be entered in this field Format dir dir dir Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 63 alphanumeric characters Example https path ipphones 6755i Parameter https port HTTPS Port in Web UI IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu Configuration Server HTTPS Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Configuration Server Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description...

Page 752: ...nfiguration files and firmware automatically at the specified time if the files on the server have changed Notes 1 If a user is accessing the Aastra Web UI they are not informed of an auto reboot 2 Any changes made using the Aastra Web UI or the IP phone UI are not overwritten by an auto resync update Auto resync affects the configuration files only However the settings in the Aastra Web UI take p...

Page 753: ... as 02 56 5 Auto Resync adds up to 15 minutes random time to the configured time For example if the auto resync time parameter is set to 02 00 the event takes place any time between 02 00 and 02 15 6 When the language on the phone is set to French or Spanish you must enter the time in the format 00h00 configuration files only Format hh mm 00h00 for French and Spanish configuration files Default Va...

Page 754: ...onfiguration Server Auto Resync Description Specifies the amount of days that the phone waits between checksync operations Note A value of 0 causes the phone to checksync every time the clock reads the proper time A value of 1 forces the phone to wait 24 hours prior to doing the first checksync Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 364 Example auto resync days 1 ...

Page 755: ...ware server Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the URL of a server other than the original configuration server from which the phones in the network get their firmware Note The default method for the update of firmware to the phones is from the original configuration server The Administrator must specify a correct server URL for the phones to get their firmware ...

Page 756: ...IP address of the network device that enforces NAT Format IP Address Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example sip nat ip 192 245 2 1 Parameter sip nat port NAT SIP Port in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu SIP Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Port number of the network device that enforces NAT Format...

Page 757: ...sing a different port Note The phones support decoding and playing out DTMF tones sent in SIP INFO requests The following DTMF tones are supported Support signals 0 9 Support durations up to 5 seconds Format Integer Default Value 51720 Range Not Applicable Example sip nat rtp port 51730 Parameter sip rport Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings Configuration Files aastra...

Page 758: ...going UDP SIP messages When symmetric UDP is enabled the IP phone generates and listens for UDP messages using port 5060 If symmetric UDP signaling is disabled the phone sends from random ports but it listens on the configured SIP local port Example sip local port 5060 Parameter sip local tls port Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model...

Page 759: ...vice is full cone restricted cone or port restricted cone the phone uses STUN If the NAT device is symmetric the phone uses TURN If you configure STUN only the phone uses STUN without the NAT discovery process Notes 1 The NAT IP configuration parameter takes precedence over the STUN and TURN parameters 2 STUN does not work if the NAT device is symmetric Format IP Address or Fully Qualified Domain ...

Page 760: ... If the NAT device is full cone restricted cone or port restricted cone the phone uses STUN If the NAT device is symmetric the phone uses TURN If you configure TURN only the phone uses TURN with the NAT discovery process TURN is compatible with all types of NAT devices but can be costly since all traffic goes through a media relay which can be slow can exchange more messages and requires the TURN ...

Page 761: ...work Advanced Network Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Password that a user must enter when accessing an account on the TURN server Note The NAT IP configuration parameter takes precedence over the STUN and TURN parameters Format Alphanumeric characters Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 63 alphanumeric characters Example sip turn pass 42447208233b8b8b8a2...

Page 762: ...s on the Internet TLS is the successor to SSL SSL 3 0 Secure Socket Layer version 3 SSL 3 0 is a commonly used protocol for managing the security of a message transmission on the Internet Format Alphanumeric characters Default Value SSL 3 0 Range TLS 1 0 SSL 3 0 default Example https client method TLS 1 0 Parameter https redirect http get HTTPS Server Redirect HTTP to HTTPS in Web UI IP Phone UI O...

Page 763: ...client to direct the POSTs to the HTTPS server through use of the https URL Format Boolean Default Value 0 disables blocking of XML HTTP POSTs Range 0 disables blocking of XML HTTP POSTs 1 enables blocking of XML HTTP POSTs Example https block http post xml 1 Parameter https validate certificates Validate Certificates in Web UI Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg IP Phone UI Options A...

Page 764: ...cepting the certificate Note If the https validate expires parameter is set to enable the clock on the phone must be set for the phone to accept the certificates Format Boolean Default Value 1 enabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example https validate expires 0 Parameter https validate hostname Check Certificate Hostnames in Web UI Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg IP Phone UI Option...

Page 765: ...rver To download a specific file the string value MUST HAVE A FILENAME at the end of the string For example https user certificates ftp admin admin 1 2 3 4 50 path phonesHTTPSUserCert pem where path is the directory and phonesHTTPSUserCert pem is the filename If you do not specify a filename the download fails See examples for each below Format Alphanumeric string in the format filename pem Defaul...

Page 766: ...e Priority Other Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network VLAN Global Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the priority value for non IP packets This is a global setting Format Integer Default Value 5 Range 0 to 7 Example priority non ip 7 Parameter vlan id VLAN ID for LAN Port in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings VLAN Phone VLAN ID Aas...

Page 767: ... DSCP setting for SIP tos sip parameter RTP tos rtp parameter and RTCP tos rtcp parameter It is the mapping between the DSCP value and the VLAN priority value for SIP RTP and RTCP packets You enter the tos priority map value as follows DSCP_1 Priority_1 DSCP_2 Priority_2 DSCP_64 Priority_64 where the DSCP value range is 0 63 and the priority range is 0 7 Mappings not enclosed in parentheses and se...

Page 768: ... Example You enable tagging on the phone port as normal but set the passthrough port VLAN id port 1 to 4095 The following example sets the phone to be on VLAN 3 but the passthrough port is configured as untagged tagging enabled 1 Vlan id 3 Vlan id port 1 4095 Note PC Port parameters are not applicable to the 6730i IP Phone Format Integer Default Value 1 Range 1 to 4095 Example Vlan id port 1 3 Par...

Page 769: ...s the hostname server for which to send collect the RTCP summary reports Note You must restart the phone after setting a value for this parameter Format username server Note Hostname server string must not exceed 128 characters in length Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example sip rtcp summary report collector collector example org Parameter sip rtcp summary report collector port...

Page 770: ...isabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example sip line1 rtcp summary reports 1 Parameter sip lineN rtcp summary report collector N is a line number from 1 to 9 Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Per line parameter specifying the hostname of the server receiving the RTCP summary reports Note You must restart the phone after setting a value for this parameter Format username s...

Page 771: ...iguration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Per line parameter specifying the port address of the server receiving the RTCP summary reports Note You must restart the phone after setting a value for this parameter Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 to 65536 Example sip line1 rtcp summary report collector port 5060 ...

Page 772: ... UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings Type of Service RTP Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Type of Service DSCP Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The Differentiated Services Code Point DSCP for RTP packets Format Integer Default Value 46 Range 0 63 Example tos rtp 2 Parameter tos rtcp RTCP in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings...

Page 773: ...format Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 12 hr format 1 24 hr format Example time format 0 Parameter date format Date Format in Phone UI IP phone UI Options Time and Date Date Format Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description This parameter allows the user to change the date to various formats Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 WWW MMM DD default 1 DD MMM YY 2 YYYY MM DD...

Page 774: ...hone UI IP phone UI Options Time and Date Daylight Savings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Enables disables the use of daylight savings time Format Integer Default Value 3 Range 0 OFF 1 30 min summertime 2 1 hr summertime 3 automatic Example dst config 0 ...

Page 775: ...ate a custom time zone using the additional parameters in the section Custom Time Zone and DST Settings on page A 57 2 When DHCP Option 2 is enabled on the phone the phone still uses the custom timezone configuration settings to control daylight savings time 3 The default behavior for the phone is to use the NTP server from Option 42 or current configuration setting and the current timezone settin...

Page 776: ...Brisbane AU Lindeman AU Adelaide AU Darwin AU Perth AW Aruba AZ Baku CET GST AST AST CET AST ART ART BST CET LHS EST EST EST CST EST EST CST CST WST AST AZT BA Sarajevo BB Barbados BE Brussels BG Sofia BM Bermuda BO La Paz BR Noronha BR Belem BR Fortaleza BR Recife BR Araguaina BR Maceio BR Sao Paulo BR Cuiaba BR Porto Velho BR Boa Vista BR Manaus BR Eirunepe BR Rio Branco BS Nassau BY Minsk BZ Be...

Page 777: ...inica DO Santo Domingo Dhcp CET CET AST AST DP EE Tallinn ES Madrid ES Canary EET CET WET FI Helsinki FJ Fiji FK Stanley FO Faeroe FR Paris EET NZT FKS WET CET GB London GB Belfast GD Grenada GE Tbilisi GF Cayenne GI Gibraltar GP Guadeloupe GR Athens GS South Georgia GT Guatemala GU Guam GY Guyana GMT GMT AST GET GFT CET AST EET GST CST CST GYT HK Hong Kong HN Tegucigalpa HR Zagreb HT Port au Prin...

Page 778: ...CST CST MST MST MST PST NI Managua NL Amsterdam NO Oslo NR Nauru NU Niue NZ Auckland NZ Chatham CST CET CET NRT NUT NZS CHA OM Muscat GST PA Panama PE Lima PL Warsaw PR Puerto Rico PT Lisbon PT Madeira PT Azores PY Asuncion EST PES CET AST WET WET AZO PYS RO Bucharest RU Kaliningrad RU Moscow RU Samara RU Yekaterinburg RU Omsk RU Novosibirsk RU Krasnoyarsk RU Irkutsk RU Yakutsk RU Vladivostok RU S...

Page 779: ... SR Paramaribo SV El Salvador AST CET SGT CET CET CET SRT CST TR Istanbul TT Port of Spain TW Taipei EET AST CST UA Kiev US Eastern US Central US Mountain US Pacific US Alaska US Aleutian US Hawaii UY Montevideo EET EST CST MST PST AKS HAS HST UYS VA Vatican VE Caracas CET VET YU Belgrade CET Time Zone Name Time Zone Code ...

Page 780: ...CP to automatically populate this parameter your DHCP server must support Option 66 Format Integer Default Value 0 disabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example time server disabled 0 Parameter time server1 Time Server 1 in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Time and Date Settings IP Phone UI Options Preferences Time and Date Time Servers Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg...

Page 781: ... IP address or qualified domain name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example time server2 192 168 0 5 Parameter time server3 Time Server 3 in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Time and Date Settings IP Phone UI Options Preferences Time and Date Time Servers Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The tertiary time server s IP address or qualified domai...

Page 782: ...ica 420 GMT minus 7 hours Mountain Standard Time North America 360 GMT minus 6 hours Central Standard Time North America 300 GMT minus 5 hours Eastern Standard Time North America 270 GMT minus 4 5 hours Venezuela 240 GMT minus 4 hours 210 GMT minus 3 5 hours Newfoundland Standard Time North America 180 GMT minus 3 hours 150 GMT minus 2 5 hours Newfoundland daylight time 120 GMT minus 2 hours 60 GM...

Page 783: ...nteger between 0 to 60 Format Integer Default Value Not Applicable Range 0 60 Example dst minutes 60 Parameter dst start end relative date Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies how to interpret the start and end day month and week parameters absolute 0 or relative 1 Format Boolean Default Value Not Applicable Range 0 absolute 1 relative Example dst start end relati...

Page 784: ...aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The month that DST starts Valid values are 1 to 12 January to December Format Integer Default Value Not Applicable Range 1 January 2 February 3 March 4 April 5 May 6 June 7 July 8 August 9 September 10 October 11 November 12 December Example dst start month 7 ...

Page 785: ...teger Default Value Not Applicable Range 1 January 2 February 3 March 4 April 5 May 6 June 7 July 8 August 9 September 10 October 11 November 12 December Example dst end month 6 Parameter dst start day Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The day of the month that DST starts Valid values are 1 to 31 Format Integer Default Value Not Applicable Range 1 31 Example dst start da...

Page 786: ... hour Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The hour that DST starts Valid values are an integer from 0 midnight to 23 Format Integer Default Value Not Applicable Range 0 midnight to 23 Example dst start hour 0 Parameter dst end hour Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The hour that DST ends Valid values are an integer from 0 midnight to 23 Format In...

Page 787: ... 2 February 3 March 4 April 5 May 6 June 7 July 8 August 9 September 10 October 11 November 12 December Example dst start month 6 Parameter dst end month Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The month that DST ends Valid values are 1 to 12 January to December Format Integer Default Value Not Applicable Range 1 January 2 February 3 March 4 April 5 May 6 June 7 July 8 August ...

Page 788: ...tart day in the month 5 fifth full week of month 5 fifth last occurance dst start day in the month Example dst start week 1 Parameter dst end week Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The week in the specified month in which DST ends Valid value is a positive or negative integer from 1 to 5 Format Integer Default Value Not Applicable Range 1 first full week of month 1 last ...

Page 789: ...ameter dst end day Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The day of the specified week in the specified month that DST ends on Valid values are an integer from 1 to 7 Format Integer Default Value Not Applicable Range 1 Sunday 2 Monday 3 Tuesday 4 Wednesday 5 Thursday 6 Friday 7 Saturday Example dst end day 7 Parameter dst start hour Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg m...

Page 790: ...he backlight after a period of inactivity You can set the amount of time before the backlight goes off using the Backllight On Time parameter Format Integer Default Value 1 Auto Range 0 Off Turns the backlight off constant 1 Auto Turns the backlight off after a period of inactivity Note In the IP Phone UI the options for this parameter are Off and Auto only Example backlight mode 0 Parameter bl on...

Page 791: ...s 10 minutes Range 1 7200 seconds Example bl on time 15 Parameter brightness level Brightness Level in Phone UI IP phone UI Options Display Brightness Level Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the brightness level during phone activity e g when a user touches the touchscreen Format Integer Default Value 1 Range 1 5 Example brightness level 3 Parameter inactivity ...

Page 792: ...g incoming and outgoing calls and in the Directory Callers List and Redial List entries The pictures are dynamically retrieved from the centralized server for each call and then locally cached in the phone to reduce network traffic If there is no picture on the central server for the dialed number and or Caller Id number and Directory Callers List and or Redial List entry the generic blue figure i...

Page 793: ...Installation Guide Format Boolean Default Value 0 Range 0 disable DHSG support is OFF 1 enable DHSG support is ON Example dhsg 1 Parameter live dialpad Live Dialpad in Phone UI IP phone UI Options Preferences Live Dialpad Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Turns the Live Dialpad feature ON or OFF With live dial pad ON the IP phone automatically dials out and turns ON Hand...

Page 794: ...n the phone For example 9 xxxxxx when a user has to dial 9 to get and outside line and needs a secondary dial tone presented You can configure prefix dialing by adding a prepend digit to the dial string For example if you add a prepend map of 2 9 XXXXXXXXX 91 the IP phone adds the digits 91 to any 10 digit number beginning with any digit from 2 to 9 that is dialed out Other examples of prepend map...

Page 795: ...sh dialing the number on the keypad before making the call Format Boolean Default Value 0 Range 0 Disable 1 Enable Example sip dial plan terminator 1 Parameter sip digit timeout Digit Timeout in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Represents the time in seconds between consecutive key presses on the IP phone The default for t...

Page 796: ... to monitor the connection status Notes 1 You must restart the phone after setting a value for this parameter 2 TLS and TCP both support this feature 3 If the Global SIP parameter Persistent TLS is set on the phone then only one TLS persistent connection can be established since the phone uses the local port 5061 for connection If the Global SIP parameter TLS is set on the phone more than one conn...

Page 797: ...cfg Description Specifies the method for which the phone uses to match the Contact header in a SIP registration packet Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 default URI matching of username domain name port and transport 1 matching of port only 2 matching of username only 3 matching of port and username only Example sip contact matching 1 ...

Page 798: ... Example sip screen name Joe Smith Parameter sip screen name 2 Screen Name 2 in Web UI IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu SIP Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Used to display text on a second line on the screen of the phone Notes 1 If other status messages display on the phone such as Network Dis...

Page 799: ... UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Used in the display name field of the From SIP header field Some IP PBX systems use this as the caller s ID and some may overwrite this with the string that is set at the PBX system Format Text Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 20 alphanumeric characters Example sip display name ...

Page 800: ...ration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Allows you to assign a phone number that is shared across all IP phones Format Integer Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example sip bla number 1010 Parameter sip mode Line mode in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Allows you to confi...

Page 801: ...or Call Forward No Answer and Busy is configured on the phone It will then forward the call according to the rule configured The phone can only transfer the currently active call or accept transferred calls if there is no active calls If call waiting is disabled on the 6757i CT base and the handset is currently on a call all additional incoming calls are rejected on the handset intercom calls are ...

Page 802: ...able 1 enabled Example call waiting tone 0 Parameter call waiting tone period Call Waiting Tone Period in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the time period in seconds that the call waiting tone is audible on an active call when another call comes in When enabled the call waiting tone plays at regular intervals for...

Page 803: ...roxy ip 192 168 0 101 Parameter sip proxy port Proxy Port in Web UI IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu SIP Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The proxy server s port number Format Integer Default Value 0 Range Not Applicable Example sip proxy port 5060 Parameter sip backup proxy ip Backup Proxy Ser...

Page 804: ...cription This is the address of the outbound proxy server All SIP messages originating from the phone are sent to this server For example if you have a Session Border Controller in your network then you would normally set its address here Format IP Address or fully qualified Domain Name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example sip outbound proxy 10 42 23 13 Parameter sip outbound proxy p...

Page 805: ...l using username ip address of the phone If the Registrar IP address is set to 0 0 0 0 for a per line basis i e line 1 line 2 etc then the register request is not sent the No Service message does not display and the message waiting indicator MWI does not come on Format IP address or fully qualified Domain Name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example sip registrar ip 192 168 0 101 Parame...

Page 806: ...oes not display and the message waiting indicator MWI does not come on Format IP address or fully qualified Domain Name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example sip backup registrar ip 192 168 0 102 Parameter sip backup registrar port Backup Registrar Port in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Network Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Desc...

Page 807: ...utbound proxy on a global basis Format IP address or fully qualified Domain Name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example sip backup outbound proxy drax us aastra com Parameter sip backup outbound proxy port Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The backup outbound proxy port on the backup outbound pr...

Page 808: ...t Applicable Range Up to 20 alphanumeric characters Example sip line1 screen name Joe Smith Parameter sip lineN screen name 2 Screen Name 2 in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Line 1 thru 9 Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Used to display text on a second line on the screen of the phone Notes 1 If other status messages display on the phone such as Network Disconne...

Page 809: ...ter on page A 86 Note The IP Phones support Usernames containing dots Format Text Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 20 alphanumeric characters Example sip line1 user name 1010 Parameter sip lineN display name Caller ID in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Line 1 thru 9 Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Used in the display name field of the From SIP header fie...

Page 810: ...f the SIP REGISTER request Format Text Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 20 alphanumeric characters Example sip line1 auth name 5553456 Parameter sip lineN password Password in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Line 1 thru 9 Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The password that will be used to register at the registrar Format Text Default Value Not Applicable R...

Page 811: ...e value set for the sip lineN bla number parameter shall be the same value set for the sip lineN user name parameter without the incremented digit added to the phone For example if the sip lineN user name for the first phone is 10101 and the sip lineN user name for the second phone is 10102 etc you would configure BLA on a per line basis for the ININ server as follows sip line1 user name 10101 for...

Page 812: ...ric Normal line BroadSoft SCA Shared Call Line Appearances SCA line for BroadWorks network call activity can go to more than one phone BLA Bridged Line Appearance BLA line If the softkeys on the 6757i 6757i CT or the programmable keys on the 6753i are set as line keys and you configure that line key for BLA the key is configured to use BLA Format Integer Default Value 0 Range Valid values are 0 Ge...

Page 813: ...all Forward No Answer and Busy is configured on the phone It will then forward the call according to the rule configured The phone can only transfer the currently active call or accept transferred calls if there is no active calls If call waiting is disabled on the 6757i CT base and the handset is currently on a call all additional incoming calls are rejected on the handset intercom calls are trea...

Page 814: ...line1 proxy ip 192 168 0 101 Parameter sip lineN proxy port Proxy Port in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Line 1 thru 9 Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The proxy server s port number Format Integer Default Value 0 Range Not Applicable Example sip line1 proxy port 5060 Parameter sip lineN backup proxy ip Backup Proxy Server in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settin...

Page 815: ...on This is the address of the outbound proxy server All SIP messages originating from the phone are sent to this server For example if you have a Session Border Controller in your network then you would normally set its address here Format IP Address or fully qualified Domain Name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example sip outbound proxy 10 42 23 13 Parameter sip lineN outbound proxy p...

Page 816: ...g username ip address of the phone If the Registrar IP address is set to 0 0 0 0 for a per line basis i e line 1 line 2 etc then the register request is not sent the No Service message does not display and the message waiting indicator MWI does not come on Format IP address or fully qualified Domain Name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example sip line1 registrar ip 192 168 0 101 Parame...

Page 817: ...es not display and the message waiting indicator MWI does not come on Format IP address or fully qualified Domain Name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example sip line1 backup registrar ip 192 168 0 102 Parameter sip lineN backup registrar port Backup Registrar Port in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings LineN Basic SIP Network Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cf...

Page 818: ... proxy on a per line basis Format IP address or fully qualified Domain Name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example sip line1 backup outbound proxy drax us aastra com Parameter sip lineN backup outbound proxy port Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The backup outbound proxy port on the backup outb...

Page 819: ...setting on this parameter you must reboot the phone for it to take affect 2 Both the sip explicit mwi subscription and sip mwi for bla account parameters must be enabled in order for the MWI subscription for BLA to occur 3 The MWI re subscription for the BLA account uses the value set for the sip explicit mwi subscription period parameter to re subscribe 4 Whether or not the sip mwi for bla accoun...

Page 820: ...ng a value for this parameter Format Boolean Default Value 0 Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example sip sca bridging 1 Parameter sip lineN sca bridging N is a line number from 1 to 9 Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Enables disables SCA bridging on the phone side on a per account basis using a specific SCA configured line Note You must restart the phone after setting a valu...

Page 821: ... actions If you have specified a proxy server registrar server then to reach the media server via the proxy server set this field to one of the following conf Sylantro server or Conference Broadsoft server By setting this field to conf you specify conf proxy_server _address proxy_port For example if the proxy server address is 206 229 26 60 and the proxy port used is 10060 then by setting this par...

Page 822: ...following conf Sylantro server or Conference Broadsoft server By setting this field to conf you specify conf proxy_server _address proxy_port For example if the proxy server address is 206 229 26 60 and the proxy port used is 10060 then by setting this parameter to conf you are specifying the following conf 206 229 26 60 10060 To reach the media server using a different address port than that spec...

Page 823: ...ter sip join support Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables the phone to allow a conference to be set up with a join header as described in RFC 3911 Format Boolean Default Value 0 disabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example sip join support 1 ...

Page 824: ...g the HTTP HTTPS digest authentication parameters Format String Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 40 alphanumeric characters Example http digest username mysuername Parameter http digest password Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the password to use for HTTP HTTPS digest authentication The server uses this password for authentication purposes when loadin...

Page 825: ... disable 1 enable Example http digest force login 1 Parameter sip explicit mwi subscription Explicit MWI Subscription in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description If the IP phone has a message waiting subscription with the Service Provider a Message Waiting Indicator MWI LED or display icon tells the user th...

Page 826: ...he subscription period ends Format Integer Default Value 86400 Range 30 214748364 Example sip explicit mwi subscription period 30 Parameter sip send mac Send MAC Address in REGISTER Message in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Adds an Aastra Mac header to the SIP REGISTER messages sent from the phone...

Page 827: ...ng registered Format Boolean Default Value 0 disabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example sip send line 1 Parameter sip session timer Session Timer in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The time in seconds that the IP phone uses to send periodic re INVITE requests to keep a session alive The proxy uses...

Page 828: ... timer is a SIP transaction layer timer defined in RFC 3261 Timer 2 represents the amount of time in milliseconds a non INVITE server transaction takes to respond to a request Format Integer Default Value 0 Range Not Applicable Example sip T2 timer 8 Parameter sip transaction timer Transaction Timer in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aast...

Page 829: ... the phone uses Persistent TLS you MUST specify the Trusted Certificates the Root and Intermediate Certificates the Local Certificate and the Private Key are optional 3 This parameter implies keep alive mechanism For more information about Persistent TLS see Transport Layer Security TLS Settings on page A 110 Format Integer Default Value 1 UDP Range Valid values are 0 User Datagram Protocol UDP an...

Page 830: ...Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The threshold value in seconds prior to expiration that the phone renews registrations The phone will automatically send registration renewals half way through the registration period unless half way is more than the threshold value For example if the threshold value is set...

Page 831: ...that the IP phone resubscribes the Automatic Call Distribution ACD subscription service after a software firmware upgrade or after a reboot of the IP phone Format Integer Default Value 3600 Range 120 2 minutes is the minimum value Example sip acd subscription period 2000 Parameter sip bla subscription period BLA Subscription Period in Web UI Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Aastra ...

Page 832: ...in the missed calls indicator on the phone it was initially directed to For example phones A B and C are connected to the server You configure the server to direct calls coming into phone B which has voicemail configured to be forwarded to phone C When phone A calls sip missed call summary subscription parameter phone B receives notification from the server that the call was forwarded and the miss...

Page 833: ... UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables the Missed Call Summary Subscription feature This feature allows missed calls that have been redirected by the server to be incremented in the missed calls indicator on the phone it was initially directed to For example phones A B and C are connected...

Page 834: ...rmat Boolean Default Value 0 disable Range 0 disable 1 enable Example sip line1 as feature event subscription 1 Parameter sip as feature event subscription period Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the amount of time in seconds between resubscribing If the phone does not resubscribe in the time specif...

Page 835: ...n This significantly reduces the delay time when placing a call Notes 1 Persistent TLS requires the outbound proxy server and outbound proxy port parameters be configured in either the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Network Settings There can be only one persistent TLS connection created per phone The phone establishes the TLS connection to the conf...

Page 836: ...the user with the Root and Intermediate Certificate files most likely just CA root certificate This parameter is required when configuring TLS optional for Persistent TLS You can use this parameter in three ways To download no certificates To download a certificate from the original configuration server To download a certificate from another specified server To download a specific file the string ...

Page 837: ...oot and intermediate certificate file from the original configuration server sips root and intermediate certificates phonesRootCert pem The following example uses FTP to download the firmware file phonesRootCert pem root and intermediate certificate file from the path directory on server 1 2 3 4 using port 50 sips root and intermediate certificates ftp admin admin 1 2 3 4 50 path phonesRootCert pe...

Page 838: ... sips local certificate ftp admin admin 1 2 3 4 50 path phonesLocalCert pem where path is the directory and phonesLocalCert pem is the filename If you do not specify a filename the download fails See examples for each below Note The certificate file must use the format pem To create specific certificate files to use on your IP phone contact Aastra Technical Support Format file name pem Default Val...

Page 839: ... example sips trusted certificates ftp admin admin 1 2 3 4 50 path phonesPrivatekey pem where path is the directory and phonesPrivateKey pem is the filename If you do not specify a filename the download fails See examples for each below Note The key file must use the format pem To create specific private key files to use on your IP phone contact Aastra Technical Support Format file name pem Defaul...

Page 840: ...1 root certificate and CA2 root certificate in its Trusted Certificate file This parameter is required when configuring TLS or Persistent TLS You can use this parameter in three ways To download no certificates To download a certificate from the original configuration server To download a certificate from another specified server To download a specific file the string value MUST HAVE A FILENAME at...

Page 841: ...ads the trusted certificate file from the original configuration server sips trusted certificates phonesTrustedCert pem The following example uses FTP to download the firmware file phonesTrustedCert pem trusted certificate file from the path directory on server 1 2 3 4 using port 50 sips trusted certificates ftp admin admin 1 2 3 4 50 path phonesTrustedCert pem ...

Page 842: ... identity md5 password pc port passthrough enabled For EAP TLS use eap type identity 802 1x root and intermediate certificates use 1 root and 0 or 1 intermediate certificates 802 1x local certificate use 1 local certificate 802 1x private key 1 private key that corresponds to local certificate 802 1x trusted certificates 0 or more trusted certificates a maximum of 2 pc port passthrough enabled ...

Page 843: ... or disables the PC port Format Integer Default Value 1 enable Range 0 disable 1 enable Example pc port passthru enabled 1 Parameter eap type EAP Type in Web UI IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings Ethernet Link 802 1x Settings 802 1x Mode Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings 802 1x Support General Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the type of aut...

Page 844: ...ty Format String Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example identity phone1 Parameter md5 password MD5 Password in Web UI IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings Ethernet Link 802 1x Settings EAP MD5 Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings 802 1x Support EAP MD5 Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the password used for the...

Page 845: ...rmediate certificates ftp admin admin 1 2 3 4 50 path phones802RootCert pem where path is the directory and phones802RootCert pem is the filename If you do not specify a filename the download fails See examples for each below Format String Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example The following example downloads no 802 1x root and intermediate certificate file 802 1x root and inter...

Page 846: ... 802 1x local certificate ftp admin admin 1 2 3 4 50 path phones802LocalCert pem where path is the directory and phones802LocalCert pem is the filename If you do not specify a filename the download fails See examples for each below Format String Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example The following example downloads no local certificate file 802 1x local certificate The following...

Page 847: ...b UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings 802 1x Support EAP TLS Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the file name that contains the private key Format String Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example 802 1x private key filename pem ...

Page 848: ...ertificates ftp admin admin 1 2 3 4 50 path phones802TrustedCert pem where path is the directory and phones802TrustedCert pem is the filename If you do not specify a filename the download fails See examples for each below Format String Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example The following example downloads no 802 1x trusted certificate file 802 1x trusted certificates The followi...

Page 849: ... RTP packets are sent This value must specify the beginning of the RTP port range on the gateway or router The RTP port is used for sending DTMF tones and for the audio stream Your network administrator may close some ports for security reasons You may want to use this parameter to send RTP data using a different port Note The phones support decoding and playing out DTMF tones sent in SIP INFO req...

Page 850: ...ic Codecs when sending receiving RTP packets Format Boolean Default Value 0 Range 0 Disable 1 Enable Example sip use basic codecs 1 Parameter sip out of band dtmf Force RFC2833 Out of Band DTMF in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP RTP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables out of band DTMF Enabling this parameter forces the IP phon...

Page 851: ...ated values Default Value Not Applicable Range Valid values for the syntax are payload Configuration Files Web UI 0 G711u 8000 G711u 8K 8 G711a 8000 G711a 8K 98 G726 16 8000 G726 16 97 G726 24 8000 G726 24 115 G726 32 8000 G726 32 96 G726 40 8000 G726 40 18 G729 8000 G729 106 BV16 8000 BV16 8K 107 BV32 16000 BV32 16K 110 G711u 16000 G711u 16K 111 G711a 16000 G711a 16K 9 G722 8000 G722 113 L16 1600...

Page 852: ...TP is enabled on this IP phone as follows If set to 0 then disable SRTP If set to 1 then SRTP calls are preferred If set to 2 then SRTP calls only are generated accepted Format Integer Default Value 0 SRTP Disabled Range 0 SRTP Disabled 1 SRTP Preferred 2 SRTP Only Example sip srtp mode 1 Parameter sip silence suppression Silence Suppression in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP RTP...

Page 853: ... 0 RTP 1 SIP INFO 2 BOTH Example sip line1 dtmf method 1 Parameter sip lineN srtp mode Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Line 1 9 RTP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description This parameter determines if SRTP is enabled on this line as follows If set to 1 then use the global setting for this line This is the default setting If set to 0 then disable SRTP If set to 1 then ...

Page 854: ...8500 Parameter sip autodial timeout Autodial Timeout in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Autodial Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Globally specifies the time in seconds that the phone waits to dial a preconfigured number after the handset is lifted from the IP phone cradle If this parameter is set to 0 hotline the phone immediately dials a pre...

Page 855: ... Range Any valid SIP number Examples sip line1 autodial number 8500 Parameter sip lineN autodial timeout AutoDial Timeout in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings LineN Autodial Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description On a per line basis this parameter specifies the time in seconds that the phone waits to dial a preconfigured number after the handset is lifted from t...

Page 856: ...f voicemails exceeds the limit Registered account numbers URIs that exceed the length of the screen either with or without the voicemail icon and the message count are truncated with an ellipse character at the end of the number URI string Format String Default Value Not Applicable Range 0 99 Example sip line1 vmail 97 Note In the above example the user would dial 97 to access the voicemail accoun...

Page 857: ...ile the string value MUST HAVE A FILENAME at the end of the string For example directory 1 tftp 10 30 102 158 path companylist csv where path is the directory and companylist csv is the filename If you do not specify a filename the download fails See examples for each below Format Alphanumeric characters Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example The following example downloads no d...

Page 858: ...ring value MUST HAVE A FILENAME at the end of the string For example directory 1 tftp 10 30 102 158 path companylist csv where path is the directory and companylist csv is the filename If you do not specify a filename the download fails See examples for each below Format Alphanumeric characters Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example The following example downloads no directory d...

Page 859: ...gits match Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The phone will take the last n digits of the incoming call to perform the lookup Format Integer Default Value 0 No Exact Matching Range 0 10 Example directory digits match 9 Parameter callers list disabled Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables the Callers List If this parameter is set...

Page 860: ...at Alphanumeric characters Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example services script http 10 50 100 234 test xml Parameter callers list script Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Allows you to specify a specific URI for accessing the Callers List after pressing the Callers List key When this parameter is set it overrides the standard function of the Callers...

Page 861: ...bles the ability to configure Call Forwarding If this parameter is set to 0 a user and administrator can configure Call Forwarding via the Aastra Web UI and the IP Phone UI using the Call Forward options If this parameter is set to 1 all Call Forward options are removed from the Aastra Web UI and the IP Phone UI preventing the ability to configure Call Forwarding Format Boolean Default Value 0 fal...

Page 862: ...eb UI only the account you configured is enabled All other accounts are grayed out but set to the same configuration Using the Aastra Web UI if you make changes to that initial account the changes apply to all accounts on the phone custom The Custom mode allows you to configure CFWD for a specific account or all accounts You can configure a specific mode All Busy and or No Answer for each account ...

Page 863: ...Link Layer Discovery Protocol for Media Endpoint Devices LLDP MED on the IP Phone Format Boolean Default Value 1 enabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example lldp 0 Parameter lldp interval LLDP Packet Interval in Web UI Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings Description The amount of time in seconds between the transmission ...

Page 864: ...bles the use of an Emergency Location Identification Number ELIN received from LLDP as a caller ID for emergency numbers Format Boolean Default Value 1 enabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example use lldp elin 0 Parameter lldp startinterval Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Control the LLDP start interval Format Integer Default Value 5 seconds Range 0 65535 Example lldp s...

Page 865: ...ssed Calls Indicator If the missed calls indicator disabled parame ter is set to 0 the indicator increments as unanswered calls come into the IP phone If the missed calls indicator disabled parameter is set to 1 the indicator is disabled and will NOT increment as unanswered calls come into the IP phone Format Boolean Default Value 0 false Range 0 false 1 true Example missed calls indicator disable...

Page 866: ...n you are loading into the IP phone configuration Format HTTP server path or fully qualified Domain Name Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example xml application URI http 172 16 96 63 aastra internet php Parameter xml application title XML Application Title in Web UI Aastra Web UI Operation Softkeys and XML Services Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description This...

Page 867: ...ion post list 10 50 10 53 dhcp10 53 ana aastra com Parameter xml beep notification XML Beep Support in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables a BEEP notification on the phone when a status message object AastraIPPhoneStatus containing a beep attribute arrives to the phone Changes to this parameter are applied...

Page 868: ... Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the length of time in seconds that each XML status message displays on the phone Note Changes to this parameter are applied immediately Format Integer Default Value 5 Range 1 to 25 Example xml status scroll delay 3 ...

Page 869: ... 128 ASCII characters Example action uri startup http 10 50 10 140 startup Parameter action uri registered Successful Registration in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Action URI Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the URI for which the phone executes a GET on when a successful registration event occurs This parameter can use the following variables SIPUSERN...

Page 870: ...e Format String Default Value Not Applicable Range Any valid URI Example action uri registration event http 10 30 100 39 PHPtests actionuri php action RegEvt regstate REGISTRATIONSTATE regco de REGISTRATIONCODE Parameter action uri incoming Incoming Call in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Action URI Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the URI for which the...

Page 871: ...alified URI Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 128 ASCII characters Example action uri outgoing http 10 50 10 140 outgoing php number REMOTENUMBER Parameter action uri offhook Offhook in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Action URI Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the URI for which the phone executes a GET on when an offhook event occurs This parame...

Page 872: ...ications Format Fully qualified URI Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 128 ASCII characters Example action uri onhook http 10 50 10 140 onhook Parameter action uri disconnected Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Action URI Event Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the URI that the phone executes a GET on when it transitions from the incoming outgoing calling o...

Page 873: ... SIP NOTIFY from a server that is NOT on the whitelist i e untrusted server the phone rejects the message Format Boolean Default Value 0 Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example sip xml notify event 1 Parameter action uri xml sip notify Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Action URI Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the URI to be called when an empty XML SIP NOTIFY is re...

Page 874: ... HTTP s server path or Fully Qualified Domain Name Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example action uri poll http myserver com myappli xml Parameter action uri poll interval Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Action URI Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the interval in seconds between calls from the phone to the action uri poll Format Integer Defau...

Page 875: ... IP Phone UI Tone 1 Configuration Files 0 Tone 1 Range Aastra Web UI IP Phone UI Tone 1 Tone 2 Tone 3 Tone 4 Tone 5 Silent Configuration Files 0 Tone 1 1 Tone 2 2 Tone 3 3 Tone 4 4 Tone 5 5 Silent Example ring tone 3 Parameter tone set Tone Set in Web UI IP Phone UI Options Preferences Tones Tone Set 6739i Phone Options Audio Tone Set Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Ring Tones Configurati...

Page 876: ...Description Sets the type of ring tone on the IP phone on a per line basis Ring tone can be set to one of six distinct rings Note LineN is applicable to lines 1 through 9 Format Integer Default Value Aastra Web UI Global Configuration Files 1 Global Range Aastra Web UI Global Tone 1 Tone 2 Tone 3 Tone 4 Tone 5 Silent Configuration Files 1 Global 0 Tone 1 1 Tone 2 2 Tone 3 3 Tone 4 4 Tone 5 5 Silen...

Page 877: ...ng continues to display in the LCD The phones sends the incoming call to a free line on the phone or sends busy signal if all remaining lines are busy and the LED for that line blinks You have a choice to ignore the incoming call or answer the incoming call on another line via the Ignore and Answer softkeys that display If you choose to answer the incoming call you can answer the call finish the c...

Page 878: ...ncoming call interrupts your dialing on an outgoing intercom call On an incoming intercom call the enabled Allow Barge In and Auto Answer occurs while you are dialing to transfer or conference the call However the incoming call goes to an available idle line and the LED blinks while you are dialing the second half of the conference or transfer If Incoming Call Interrupts Dialing or incoming call c...

Page 879: ...der During Active Calls in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Ring Tones Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables the ability for the phone to initiate a continuous reminder tone on the active call when another call is on hold For example when the call on Line 1 is on hold and the User answers a call on Line 2 and stays on that line a reminder t...

Page 880: ...ll hold reminder timer Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the time delay in seconds that a ring splash is heard on an active call when another call was placed on hold For example if a call comes into Line 1 and then a call comes into Line 2 and you answer Line 2 Line 1 is automatically placed on hold While on the active Line 2 after 7 seconds a ring splash audio...

Page 881: ... hold While on the active Line 2 after 7 seconds a ring splash audio sounds on the line reminding you that the call on Line 1 is still on hold determined by the call hold reminder timer parameter and then the ring splash is heard again after 60 seconds determined by this parameter Notes 1 You must enable the call hold reminder and or call hold reminder during active calls parameter s and the call ...

Page 882: ...one disables the preferred line focus feature 1 9 Example preferred line 2 Parameter preferred line timeout Preferred Line Timeout seconds in Web UI Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences General Description Specifies the time in seconds that the phone switches back to the preferred line after a call incoming or outgoing ends on the phone or after...

Page 883: ... 8 and 11 Line LCD phones If you enable this parameter and the phone receives another call when an active call is already present the phone displays softkey 1 as answer and softkey 2 as ignore You can press the required softkey as applicable For 3 Line LCD phones If you enable this parameter and the phone receives another call when an active call is already present the ignore option only displays ...

Page 884: ...ne in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences General Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Allows you to enable the Message Waiting Indicator MWI on a single line or on all lines on the phone For example if you set this parameter to 3 the LED illuminates if a voice mail is pending on line 3 If you set this parameter to 0 the LED illuminates if a voice mail is pendin...

Page 885: ...ac cfg Description Specifies the URI to use when specifying which proxy server Notes 1 Quotes must be used to enclose the value when specifying it with this parameter 2 Sip Explicit MWI Subscription must be enabled to use this feature Format sip user host port Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example sip line1 mwi request uri sip 1020 10 50 224 53 ...

Page 886: ...for a specific account DND key toggles the account in focus on the IP Phone UI to ON or OFF phone Sets DND ON for all accounts on the phone DND key toggles all accounts on the phone to ON or OFF custom Sets the phone to display custom screens after pressing the DND key that list the account s on the phone The user can select a specific account for DND turn DND ON for all accounts or turn DND OFF f...

Page 887: ...lean Default Value 1 true Range 0 false 1 true Example priority alerting enabled 0 Parameter alert auto call distribution auto call distribution in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Priority Alerting Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description When an alert acd keyword appears in the header of the INVITE request the configured Bellcore ring tone is applied t...

Page 888: ... Normal ringing default 1 Bellcore dr2 2 Bellcore dr3 3 Bellcore dr4 4 Bellcore dr5 5 Silent Example alert community 1 3 Parameter alert community 2 community 2 in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Priority Alerting Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description When an alert community 2 keyword appears in the header of the INVITE request the configured Bellcor...

Page 889: ... Normal ringing default 1 Bellcore dr2 2 Bellcore dr3 3 Bellcore dr4 4 Bellcore dr5 5 Silent Example alert community 3 1 Parameter alert community 4 community 4 in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Priority Alerting Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description When an alert community 4 keyword appears in the header of the INVITE request the configured Bellcor...

Page 890: ...0 Normal ringing default 1 Bellcore dr2 2 Bellcore dr3 3 Bellcore dr4 4 Bellcore dr5 5 Silent Example alert external 4 Parameter alert emergency alert emergency in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Priority Alerting Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description When an alert emergency keyword appears in the header of the INVITE request the configured Bellcore ...

Page 891: ...rmal ringing default 1 Bellcore dr2 2 Bellcore dr3 3 Bellcore dr4 4 Bellcore dr5 5 Silent Example alert group 4 Parameter alert internal alert internal in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Priority Alerting Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description When an alert internal keyword appears in the header of the INVITE request the configured Bellcore ring tone ...

Page 892: ...iguration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description When an alert priority keyword appears in the header of the INVITE request the configured Bellcore ring tone is applied to the IP phone Format Integer Default Value 0 Normal ringing Range 0 Normal ringing default 1 Bellcore dr2 2 Bellcore dr3 3 Bellcore dr4 4 Bellcore dr5 5 Silent Example alert priority 4 ...

Page 893: ...les aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Sets the cadence for Bellcore dr3 Note You can define up to 8 cadence rings The value of 1 indicates do not repeat Format Integer Default Value 400 200 400 200 800 4000 Range Not Applicable Example bellcore cadence dr3 400 200 400 200 800 4000 Parameter bellcore cadence dr4 Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Sets the cadence fo...

Page 894: ...ration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Global parameter that enables disables the display of the Caller ID and or caller name and reason for diversion on the phones LCD for an outgoing call that is being diverted to another destination The phone that receives the diverted call displays the Caller ID of the original call destination Note You must restart the phone after setting a val...

Page 895: ...phone that receives the diverted call displays the Caller ID of the original call destination Note You must restart the phone after setting a value for this parameter Format Boolean Default Value 1 Range 0 disabled do not display diversion information to the phone s LCD 1 enabled display diversion information to the phone s LCD Example sip line1 diversion display 0 Parameter show call destination ...

Page 896: ...The values 1 4 are dependent on the Language N parameter For example if language 1 lang_fr txt then language 1 would set the webpage language to French Valid values for CT cordless handsets are 0 English 1 2 Note Values 1 2 can only be set to either French or Spanish Note All languages may not be available for selection The available languages are dependant on the language packs currently loaded t...

Page 897: ...o specify the language to use for inputs on the IP Phone Entering a language value for this parameter allows users to enter text and characters in the IP Phone UI Aastra Web UI and in XML applications via the keypad on the phone in the language s specified Format Text Default Value English Range Valid values are English French Français German Deutsch Italian Italiano Spanish Español Portuguese Por...

Page 898: ...language pack s from the original configuration server To download a language pack s from another specified server Notes 1 The languages packs you load are dependant on available language packs from the configuration server For more information about loading language packs see Loading Language Packs on page 43 2 You must reboot the phone to load a language pack 3 To download a specific file the st...

Page 899: ...he following example downloads the German language pack to the phones from the original configuration server language 1 lang_de txt The following example uses FTP to download the firmware file lang_de txt German language pack from the path directory on server 1 2 3 4 using port 50 language 1 ftp admin admin 1 2 3 4 50 path lang_de txt ...

Page 900: ...Standard ISO 3166 Language Language Code English en European French fr French Canadian fr_ca European Spanish es Mexican Spanish es_mx German de Italian it Portuguese pt Brazillian Portuguese br_pt Russian ru Swedish sv Danish dk Finnish fi Country Country Code AFGHANISTAN ÅLAND ISLANDS ALBANIA ALGERIA AMERICAN SAMOA ANDORRA ANGOLA ANGUILLA ANTARCTICA ANTIGUA AND BARBUDA ARGENTINA ARMENIA ARUBA AU...

Page 901: ... IO BN BG BF BI CAMBODIA CAMEROON CANADA CAPE VERDE CAYMAN ISLANDS CENTRAL AFRICAN REPUBLIC CHAD CHILE CHINA CHRISTMAS ISLAND COCOS KEELING ISLANDS COLOMBIA COMOROS CONGO CONGO THE DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF THE COOK ISLANDS COSTA RICA CÔTE D IVOIRE CROATIA CUBA CYPRUS CZECH REPUBLIC KH CM CA CV KY CF TD CL CN CX CC CO KM CG CD CK CR CI HR CU CY CZ DENMARK Dhcp see Chapter 4 the section DHCP Time Offs...

Page 902: ...TF GABON GAMBIA GEORGIA GERMANY GHANA GIBRALTAR GREECE GREENLAND GRENADA GUADELOUPE GUAM GUATEMALA GUERNSEY GUINEA GUINEA BISSAU GUYANA GA GM GE DE GH GI GR GL GD GP GU GT GG GN GW GY HAITI HEARD ISLAND AND MCDONALD ISLANDS HOLY SEE VATICAN CITY STATE HONDURAS HONG KONG HUNGARY HT HM VA HN HK HU ICELAND INDIA INDONESIA IRAN ISLAMIC REPUBLIC OF IRAQ IRELAND ISLE OF MAN ISRAEL ITALY IS IN ID IR IQ I...

Page 903: ...GOSLAV REPUBLIC OF MADAGASCAR MALAWI MALAYSIA MALDIVES MALI MALTA MARSHALL ISLANDS MARTINIQUE MAURITANIA MAURITIUS MAYOTTE MEXICO MICRONESIA FEDERATED STATES OF MOLDOVA REPUBLIC OF MONACO MONGOLIA MONTENEGRO MONTSERRAT MOROCCO MOZAMBIQUE MYANMAR MO MK MG MW MY MV ML MT MH MQ MR MU YT MX FM MD MC MN ME MS MA MZ MM NAMIBIA NAURU NEPAL NETHERLANDS NETHERLANDS ANTILLES NEW CALEDONIA NEW ZEALAND NICARA...

Page 904: ...TS AND NEVIS SAINT LUCIA SAINT PIERRE AND MIQUELON SAINT VINCENT AND THE GRENADINES SAMOA SAN MARINO SAO TOME AND PRINCIPE SAUDI ARABIA SENEGAL SERBIA SEYCHELLES SIERRA LEONE SINGAPORE SLOVAKIA SLOVENIA SOLOMON ISLANDS SOMALIA SOUTH AFRICA SOUTH GEORGIA AND THE SOUTH SANDWICH ISLANDS SPAIN SRI LANKA SUDAN SURINAME SVALBARD AND JAN MAYEN SWAZILAND SWEDEN SWITZERLAND SYRIAN ARAB REPUBLIC SH KN LC PM...

Page 905: ...Z TH TL TG TK TO TT TN TR TM TC TV UGANDA UKRAINE UNITED ARAB EMIRATES UNITED KINGDOM UNITED STATES UNITED STATES MINOR OUTLYING ISLANDS URUGUAY UZBEKISTAN UG TA AE GB US TM UY UZ VANUATU Vatican City State VENEZUELA VIET NAM VIRGIN ISLANDS BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS U S VU see HOLY SEE VE VN VG VI WALLIS AND FUTUNA WESTERN SAHARA WF EH YEMEN YE Zaire ZAMBIA ZIMBABWE see CONGO THE DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC ...

Page 906: ...aled from the softkeys or programmable keys When you disable the suppression of DTMF playback and you press a softkey or programmable key the IP phone dials the stored number and displays each digit as dialed in the LCD window When you enable the suppression of DTMF playback the IP phone dials the stored number and displays the entire number immediately in the LCD window allowing the call to be di...

Page 907: ... phone generates two tones of specific frequencies One tone is generated from a high frequency group of tones and the other from a low frequency group If enabled this parameter displays the digits on the IP phone display if you are dialing from the keypad or from a softkey or programmable key This parameter is disabled by default no digits display when dialing Format Boolean Default Value 0 disabl...

Page 908: ...iguration Files 3 Off Range For Aastra Web UI Phone Side Server Side Off For Configuration Files 1 Phone Side 2 Server Side 3 Off Example sip intercom type 1 Parameter sip intercom prefix code Prefix Code in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Outgoing Intercom Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The prefix to add to the phone number for server side ou...

Page 909: ...tion to enable the sip intercom line parameter Format Integer Default Value 1 Range Line 1 through 9 Example sip intercom line 1 Parameter sip allow auto answer Auto Answer in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Incoming Intercom Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables the IP phone to allow automatic answering for an Intercom call If au...

Page 910: ...lue 1 true Range 0 false microphone is not muted 1 true microphone is muted Example sip intercom mute mic 1 Parameter sip intercom warning tone Play Warning Tone in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Incoming Intercom Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables a warning tone to play when the phone receives an incoming intercom call on an ...

Page 911: ...e active call on hold and automatically answering the intercom call When you disable this parameter 0 disable and there is an active call the phone treats an incoming intercom call like a normal call and plays the call warning tone Note After enabling or disabling this feature it takes affect on the phone immediately Format Boolean Default Value 1 true Range 0 false 1 true Example sip intercom all...

Page 912: ... Parameter paging group listening Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Group Paging RTP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the multicast address es and the port on which the phone listens for incoming multicast RTP packets Note If this field is blank Paging listening capability is disabled on the phone Format IP Address in dotted decimal format Port...

Page 913: ...reased db amount of sidetone signal from the headset microphone to the headset speaker The amount of sidetone gain in the IP phone firmware has been reduced to avoid side tone and echo on the local and far end equipment This parameter allows you to adjust the sidetone gain settings to best suit your comfort level and deployment environment Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 10 db to 10 db Exampl...

Page 914: ...ironment Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 10 db to 10 db Example handset sidetone gain 1 Parameter handsfree tx gain Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description This is the increased db or decreased db amount of signal transmitted from the base microphone to the far end party The amount of Tx gain in the IP phone firmware has been reduced to avoid side tone and echo on the loc...

Page 915: ...he d fkey When on speaker you can return to using the handset by placing the handset on the cradle and picking it up again 1 Headset Calls can be made or received using the headset Calls can be switched between the headset and handset by pressing the d fkey 2 Speaker headset Incoming calls are sent to the speakerphone By pressing the d f key you can switch between the handsfree speakerphone the he...

Page 916: ... mac cfg Description Specifies the minimum ringer volume level Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 9 Example ringer volume minimum 1 Parameter far end disconnect timer Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies whether or not the phone displays an indication of a terminated call If set to 0 this feature is disabled and the phone does not display the Call Terminated s...

Page 917: ...ing the Directed Call Pickup number For example for Broadsoft servers you can enter a value of 98 for the directed call pickup prefix When the phone performs the Directed Call Pickup after pressing a BLF or BLF List softkey the phone prepends the 98 value to the designated extension of the BLF or BLF List softkey when dialing out Notes 1 The default method for the phone to use is Directed Call Pic...

Page 918: ...ll Pickup Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables the playing of a short call waiting tone when there is an incoming call on the BLF monitored extension If the host tone is idle the tone plays a ring splash Format Boolean Default Value 0 disabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example play a ring splash 1 ...

Page 919: ...o Available Timer Format Boolean Default Value 0 disabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example acd auto available 1 Parameter acd auto available timer Auto Available Timer in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Auto Call Distribution Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the length of time in seconds before the IP phone status switches back to av...

Page 920: ...sed by the user If this parameter is set to 1 pressing the Redial key is ignored and the dialed number is not saved to the Redial List Format Boolean Default Value 0 false Range 0 false 1 true Example redial disabled 1 Parameter conference disabled Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables the Conf key on the IP phone If this parameter is set to 0 the key is ...

Page 921: ...al key to Map Redial Key To in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Key Mapping Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Sets the Redial key as a speeddial key if a value is entered for this parameter If you leave this parameter blank the Redial key returns to its original functionality Note If you configure the Redial key for speeddialing on the 6757i CT Base Statio...

Page 922: ...ionality The Conf key on the handset is not configured for speeddial Format Integer Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example map conf key to 5551267 Parameter map redial as dtmf Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Allows the phone to send the stored number as DTMF using the phone configured DTMF method when the Redial key is pressed Format Boolean Default ...

Page 923: ...r where you want to park an incoming call The applicable value is dependant on the type of server in the network Server Park Pickup Values Asterisk 70 70 asterisk Sylantro 98 99 sylantro BroadWorks 68 88 broadworks Leave value fields blank to disable the park and pickup feature Format Alphanumeric characters Default Value Blank Range See applicable values in table above Example sip lineN park pick...

Page 924: ...ve up to 3 expansion modules on an IP phone totaling 180 softkeys Valid for 6735i 6737i 6739i 6755i 6757i and 6757i CT phones IP Phone Model Softkeys Expansion Module Keys Programmable Keys Lines Available Handset Keys Available 9143i Not Applicable 7 9 9480i 6 Not Applicable 9 9480i CT 6 Not Applicable 9 15 6730i Not Applicable 8 6 6731i Not Applicable 8 6 6735i 6 Bottom Keys 36 to 108 Model M670...

Page 925: ...v 02 Release 3 2 2 On the 6753i two of the 6 programmable keys are the DELETE and SAVE keys and can be programmed only if Administrator allows Note When entering definitions for softkeys the sign must be enclosed in quotes ...

Page 926: ... press the speeddial key dnd Indicates softkey is configured for do not disturb on the phone This option is Do Not Disturb in the Aastra Web UI You must also set the DND key mode See blf Indicates softkey is configured for Busy Lamp Field BLF use User can dial out on a BLF configured key Maximum of 50 BLFs are applicable to the M670i and M675i also list Indicates softkey is configured for BLF list...

Page 927: ...xfer Indicates the softkey is configured to transfer calls AND configured for BLF on a single key speeddialxfer Indicates the softkey is configured to transfer calls AND configured for speeddialing to a specific number speeddialconf Indicates the softkey is configured to be used as a speeddial key AND as a conference key directory Indicates the softkey is set for accessing the Directory List calle...

Page 928: ...speeddialxfer speeddialconf callers Callers List in Aastra Web UI directory icom services phonelock paging empty Example softkey1 type line softkey2 type speeddial softkey3 type lcr softkey4 type xml Directed Call Pickup on Extension 2200 softkey2 type dcp softkey2 label dcp2200 softkey2 value 2200 softkey2 states incoming outgoing idle connected Group Call Pickup on group_A softkey3 type dcp soft...

Page 929: ... park pickup blfxfer speeddialxfer speeddialconf directory callers icom services paging Notes 1 For 8 and 11 Line LCD phones an icon appears beside the soft key label that indicates the status of the line 2 If the softkeyN type parameter is set to flash and no label value is entered for the softkeyN label parameter the label of Flash is used Format Text Default Value Not Applicable Range For line ...

Page 930: ...is the phone number extension or prefix number to enter for the softkey 2 For blf Value is the extension you want to monitor 3 For sprecode Value is dependent on services offered by server 4 For Park Pickup For valid values see Chapter 5 the section Park Pickup Call Server Configuration Values on page 215 For Park Pickup examples see Chapter 5 the section Examples for Models with 8 and 11 Line LCD...

Page 931: ... the line associated with the softkey you are configuring The number of applicable lines available is dependent on the specific IP phone model The softkeyN line parameter can be set for the following softkey types only speeddial blf blf list acd dcp park pickup lcr blfxfer speeddialxfer speeddialconf Format Integer Default Value 1 Range 1 through 9 Example softkey1 line 1 softkey2 line 5 ...

Page 932: ...tkeys are set A softkey type of empty does not display on the idle screen at all Format Text Default Value For softkey type None All states disabled For softkey types Line DND speeddial BLF BLF List dcp XML lcr callforward blfxfer speeddialxfer speeddialconf Directory Callers List Icom Services empty idle connected incoming outgoing For softkey type Flash All states disabled For softkey type Park ...

Page 933: ... on hold and then press the speeddial key dnd Indicates programmable key is configured for do not disturb on the phone This option is Do Not Disturb in the Aastra Web UI blf Indicates programmable key is configured for Busy Lamp Field BLF use User can dial out on a BLF configured key list Indicates programmable key is configured for BLF list use User can dial out on a BLF List configured key You c...

Page 934: ...transfer calls AND configured for BLF on a single key speeddialxfer Indicates the programmable key is configured to transfer calls AND configured for speeddialing to a specific number speeddialconf Indicates the programmable key is configured to be used as a speeddial key AND as a conference key directory Indicates programmable key is configured to access the Directory List callers Indicates progr...

Page 935: ...ist in the Aastra Web UI acd Auto call distribution in the Aastra Web UI dcp Directed Call Pickup in the Aastra Web UI xml flash sprecode park pickup lcr callforward directory callers Callers List in Aastra Web UI conf xfer blfxfer speeddialxfer speeddialconf phonelock services paging empty Example prgkey3 type speeddial ...

Page 936: ...tes 1 For speeddial Value is the phone number extension or prefix number to enter for the programmable key 2 For line Value is optional for example L4 3 For blf Value is the extension you want to monitor 4 For sprecode Value is dependent on services offered by server 5 For xml You can specify a URI to use for this XML softkey The variables you can use with the XML softkey URI are SIPUSERNAME SIPAU...

Page 937: ...g model cfg mac cfg Description This is the line associated with the programmable key you are configuring The prgkeyN line parameter can be set for the following softkey types only speeddial blf blf List acd dcp park pickup lcr blfxfer speeddialxfer speeddialconf Format Integer Default Value 1 Range 1 through 9 Example prgkey3 line 1 prgkey4 line 5 ...

Page 938: ... programmable key is configured for auto call distribution called Auto call distribution in the Aastra Web UI The ACD feature allows the Sylantro server to distribute calls from a queue to registered IP phone users agents dcp for Sylantro Servers only Indicates the programmable key is configured for either directed call pickup or group call pickup called Directed Call Pickup in the Aastra Web UI T...

Page 939: ...es the softkey is set for Group Paging on the phone Pressing this key automatically sends a Real Time Transport Protocol RTP stream to pre configured multicast address es without involving SIP signaling empty Indicates the softkey is configured to force a blank entry on the IP phone display for a specific softkey The soft keys are added in order from softkey1 to softkey20 after any hard coded keys...

Page 940: ...code park pickup blfxfer speeddialxfer speeddialconf paging directory callers list icom services Notes 1 For the 6737i 6757i and 6757i CT phones an icon appears beside the soft key label that indicates the status of the line 2 If the topsoftkeyN type parameter is set to flash and no label value is entered for the topsoftkeyN label parameter the label of Flash is used Format Text Default Value Not ...

Page 941: ...lf sprecode park pickup dcp xml blfxfer speeddialxfer speeddialconf paging Notes 1 For speeddial Value is the phone number extension or prefix number to enter for the softkey 2 For blf Value is the extension you want to monitor 3 For sprecode Value is dependent on services offered by server 4 For Park Pickup For valid values see Chapter 5 the section Park Pickup Call Server Configuration Values on...

Page 942: ... A 217 Format String Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example topsoftkey1 value 9 topsoftkey2 value 411 topsoftkey4value http 10 50 10 140script pl name SIPUSERNAME topsoftkey5 value 12345 example of a speeddial prefix ...

Page 943: ...c IP phone model The topsoftkeyN line parameter can be set for the following softkey types only speeddial blf blf list acd dcp park pickup lcr blfxfer speeddialxfer speeddialconf Format Integer Default Value 1 Range 1 through 9 Example topsoftkey1 line 1 topsoftkey2 line 5 Parameter collapsed context user softkey screen Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description This will display...

Page 944: ...er in the Directory List to be sent to the handsets A 6757i CT accepts a maximum of 50 entries with the public attribute icom Indicates the feature key is set to be used to make an intercom call directory Indicates the feature key is set for accessing the Directory List callers Indicates the feature key is set for accessing the Callers List park Indicates the feature key is configured to park inco...

Page 945: ...57i CT phones an icon appears beside the feature key label that indicates the status of the line 2 If a feature key is configured but no label is set the IP phone sets the label to the English French or Spanish translation of the chosen action The language used is based on the current language of the cordless handset Format Text Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example featurekey1...

Page 946: ...configured for Busy Lamp Field BLF use User can dial out on a BLF configured key list Indicates softkey is configured for BLF list use This option is BLF List in the Aastra Web UI User can dial out on a BLF List configured key You can also use the BLF List URI parameter to specify a URI for the phone to access for the BLF List acd for Sylantro Servers only Indicates the programmable key is configu...

Page 947: ...nfigured to transfer calls AND configured for speeddialing to a specific number speeddialconf Indicates the softkey is configured to be used as a speeddial key AND as a conference key callers Indicates the softkey is set for accessing the Callers List directory Indicates the softkey is set for accessing the Directory List icom Indicates the softkey is set to be used as the Intercom key services no...

Page 948: ...Web UI dcp Directed Call Pickup in the Aastra Web UI xml flash sprecode park pickup lcr callforward blfxfer speeddialxfer speeddialconf callers Callers List in Aastra Web UI directory icom services not available on the 6753i phonelock paging empty Example expmod1 key1 type line expmod1 key2 type speeddial expmod1 key3 type blf expmod1 key4 type list ...

Page 949: ... set for the following softkey types only speeddial blf acd dcp xml flash sprecode park pickup directory callers list icom services blfxfer speeddialxfer speeddialconf paging Note For 8 and 11 Line LCD phones an icon appears beside the soft key label that indicates the status of the line Format Text Default Value Not Applicable Range For line blf types Up to 9 characters For speeddial type Up to 1...

Page 950: ...es not available on 6753i blfxfer speeddialxfer speeddialconf paging Notes 1 For the 6757i and 6757i CT phones an icon appears beside the soft key label that indicates the status of the line 2 For blf Value is the extension you want to monitor 3 For xml You can specify a URI to use for this XML softkey The variables you can use with the XML softkey URI are SIPUSERNAME SIPAUTHNAME PROXYURL LINESTAT...

Page 951: ...iated with the softkey you are configuring on the Expansion Module The number of applicable lines available is dependent on the specific IP phone model The expmodX keyN line parameter can be set for the following softkey types only speeddial blf blf list acd dcp lcr park pickup blfxfer speeddialxfer speeddialconf Format Integer Default Value 1 Range 1 through 9 Example expmod1 key1 line 1 expmod1 ...

Page 952: ...s 5 and 6 on the 6730i and 6731i unless specifically changed by your Administrator 3 An Administrator must use the English value when configuring the key types in the configuration files 4 Any key type already configured on a phone displays in that key s Type list in addition to the values specified for this parameter 5 After configuring specific key types for a phone the key types in the Aastra W...

Page 953: ...s configured that do not apply to the phone s environment are ignored 2 An Administrator must use the English value when configuring the key types in the configuration files 3 Any key type already configured on a phone displays in that key s Type list in addition to the values specified for this parameter 4 After configuring specific key types for a phone the key types in the Aastra Web UI display...

Page 954: ...ype softkeyN label softkeyN value softkeyN line softkeyN states Format Boolean Default Value 0 disable Range 0 disable 1 enable Example softkey1 locked 1 Parameter topsoftkeyN locked Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Locks the specified top softkey on the 6757i or 6757i CT IP phone Locking the key prevents a user from changing or configuring the softkey When a key is loc...

Page 955: ...owing parameters prgkeyN type prgkeyN value prgkeyN line Format Boolean Default Value 0 disable Range 0 disable 1 enable Example prgkey1 locked 1 Parameter featurekeyN locked Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Locks the specified feature key on the CT handset Locking the key prevents a user from changing or configuring the feature key When a key is locked the phone uses t...

Page 956: ...ached to the IP phone Locking the key prevents a user from changing or configuring the softkey on the expansion module When a key is locked the phone uses the server settings and ignores any previous local configuration Affects the following parameters expmodX keyN type expmodX keyN value expmodX keyN line Format Boolean Default Value 0 disable Range 0 disable 1 enable Example expmod1 key4 locked ...

Page 957: ...n removes the ability to save items on the IP phone Format Boolean Default Value 1 lock Range 0 unlock 1 lock Example prgkey1 locked 0 Parameter prgkey2 locked Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Allows you to lock or unlock the Delete key on the 6753i IP Phone When the Delete key is unlocked a User can change the function of the key using the Aastra Web UI An Administrato...

Page 958: ...rom using any of the features on the phone to create or edit a speeddial key Format Boolean Default Value 1 Enabled Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example speeddial edit 0 Parameter list uri BLF List URI in Web UI Aastra Web UI Operation Softkeys and XML Services Operation Programmable Keys Services Operation Expansion Module Keys Services Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description S...

Page 959: ...sion Module 1 Page 1 left column expmod1page2left Expansion Module 1 Page 2 left column expmod1page3left Expansion Module 1 Page 3 left column Expansion Module 2 expmod2page1left Expansion Module 2 Page 1 left column expmod2page2left Expansion Module 2 Page 2 left column expmod2page3left Expansion Module 2 Page 3 left column Expansion Module 3 expmod3page1left Expansion Module 3 Page 1 left column...

Page 960: ...ight Expansion Module 1 Page 2 right column expmod1page3right Expansion Module 1 Page 3 right column Expansion Module 2 expmod2page1right Expansion Module 2 Page 1 right column expmod2page2right Expansion Module 2 Page 2 right column expmod2page3right Expansion Module 2 Page 3 right column Expansion Module 3 expmod3page1right Expansion Module 3 Page 1 right column expmod3page2right Expansion Modul...

Page 961: ...sends the CANCEL message after the REFER message when blind transferring a call Format Boolean Default Value 0 disabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example sip cancel after blind transfer 1 Parameter sip refer to with replaces Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Flag for controlling the mode of a semi attended transfer Format Boolean Default Value 0 Range 0 or1 Example sip ...

Page 962: ...parameter is set to 0 press 1 and keys during boot up when the logo displays to force the web recovery mode Format Boolean Default Value 0 false Range 0 false 1 true Example force web recovery mode disabled 1 Parameter max boot count Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the number of faulty boots that occur before the phone is forced into Web recovery mode Format ...

Page 963: ...can make separate active calls from the 6757i CT and 9480i CT base unit and from the cordless handset If this feature is disabled set to 0 only one call can be active at a time either from the base unit or from the handset When this feature is disabled and you make an active call on either the base unit or the handset any other attempt to make an active call is put on hold Also when this feature i...

Page 964: ... value of 0 disables the blacklist feature Format Integer Default Value 300 5 minutes Range 0 to 9999999 Example sip blacklist duration 600 Parameter sip whitelist Whitelist Proxy Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description This parameter enables disables the whitelist proxy feature as follows Set to 0 ...

Page 965: ...ration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies an Xfer script for the phone to use When this parameter is set pressing the Xfer key GETs the specified URI from the server instead of starting the transfer action Format String Default Value empty Range Any valid URI Example xfer script http bluevelvet ana aastra com xfer php Parameter conf script Configuration Files aastra cfg model...

Page 966: ... Value empty Range Any valid URI Example icom script http bluevelvet ana aastra com icom php Parameter voicemail script Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies an Voicemail script for the phone to use When this parameter is set selecting the voicemail option from the Services Menu GETs the specified URI from the server instead of starting the Voicemail application Fo...

Page 967: ...ays the local Options Menu on the phone Format String Default Value empty Range Any valid URI Example options script http fargo ana aastra com options xml Parameter auto offhook Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies whether or not the phone is prevented from entering the off hook dialing state if the handset is off hook for more than 2 seconds and the call ends For...

Page 968: ...ne allows XML POSTs to the phone as well as XML GETs to from the phone by pressing the XML keys softkeys programmable keys extension module keys Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 to 2 Example xml lock override 1 Parameter sip symmetric udp signaling Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Allows you to enable or disable the phone to use port 5060 to send SIP UDP messages ...

Page 969: ...er from being added to the SIP stack The value of 1 allows these headers to be added Format Boolean Default Value 1 true Range 0 false 1 true Example sip user agent 0 Parameter sip gruu Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables Globally Routable User Agent URI GRUU support on the IP Phone according to draft ietf sip gruu 15 If this parameter is disabled parsi...

Page 970: ...hen 1 If the NAPTR record is returned empty the phone will use the default value _sip _udp test aastra com for the SRV lookup 2 If the NAPTR record is returned test aastra com SIP D2U _sip _udp abc aastra com the phone will use _sip _udp abc aastra com for the SRV lookup 3 If the NAPTR record is returned test aastra com SIP D2T _sip _tcp test aastra com where the service type TCP mismatches the ph...

Page 971: ...rmat Boolean Default Value 0 disabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example sip accept out of order requests 1 Parameter sip notify opt headers Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Enables and disables whether or not the Allow and Allow Events optional headers are included in the SIP NOTIFY messages sent from the phone to the server Format Boolean Default Value 1 Range 0 disab...

Page 972: ...move route Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Enables and disables the addition of the Route header in a SIP packet Enable this parameter for outbound proxies that do not support Route headers Note When enabled this will break all support for SIP routing so if some other device in the network attempts to add itself to the route it will fail Format Boolean Default Value 0 ...

Page 973: ...s 1 Parameter sip enforce require hdr Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Enables and disables the the rejection of an INV or BYE with a 420 Bad Extension if the INV or BYE contains an unsupported value in the REQUIRE header Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 disable 1 enable Example sip enforce require hdr 1 Parameter config encryption key Configuration Files aastra c...

Page 974: ...rs Example sip dns host file hostfile txt Parameter sip dns srvX name Note The X indicate a record number with values from 1 to 4 Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The fully qualified URI of the DNS SRV record Format Fully qualified URI including service prefix Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example sip dns srv1 name _sip _udp example com Parameter sip...

Page 975: ...is relevant only in relation to other weight values for the service and only among records with the same priority value Note The sip dns srvX weight parameter must be configured but the phones will support this feature in a future release Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 to 65535 Example sip dns srv1 weight 60 Parameter sip dns srvX port Note The X indicate a server number with values from 1...

Page 976: ...indicate a server number with values from 1 to 4 Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description The host name of the target Format Host name or fully qualified domain name Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example sip dns srv1 target bigbox example com ...

Page 977: ...fies the IP address for which to save log files for troubleshooting purposes Format IP address Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example log server ip 192 168 3 2 Parameter log server port Log Port in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Troubleshooting Log Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg model cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the IP port to use to save log files for troublesho...

Page 978: ...erse chronological order The IP Phone blogs are separated into modules which allow you to log specific information for analyzing Module Name configuration files linemgr line manager information user interface misc miscellaneous sip call control SIP stack dis display driver dstore delayed storage ept endpoint ind indicator kbd keyboard net network provis provisioning rtpt Real Time Transport snd so...

Page 979: ...ule dis 48 log module net 48 log module snd 48 In the above example functions and general information are logged for the display drivers network and sound modules Example 3 log module rtpt 0 log module ind 65535 In the above example all debug levels are OFF for the Real Time Transport module All debug levels are ON for the indicator module You can set the Module Debug Levels using the configuratio...

Page 980: ...disables the ability to manually upload support information from the IP Phone UI and Aastra Web UI IP Phone UI Options Phone Status Upload System Info Aastra Web UI Status System Information Support Information When this parameter is enabled an Upload System Info option displays on the IP Phone UI AND an Upload button displays on the System Information page in the Aastra Web UI Format Boolean Defa...

Page 981: ......

Page 982: ...the Asterisk IP PBX About this Appendix Introduction This appendix describes how to setup a user s phone with an extension to make and receive calls using the Asterisk as the PBX Topics This appendix covers the following topics Topic Page IP Phone at the Asterisk IP PBX page B 2 ...

Page 983: ...used when the Asterisk is contacting a proxy user is used for phones that can only make calls and friend acts as both a peer and a user type friend If your host has an entry in your DNS then you just enter the machines name in the host field host dynamic defaultip 192 168 1 1 default IP address that the phone is configured to The password that phone1 will use to register with this PBX secret 1234 ...

Page 984: ...ther the extension has been successfully registered at the IP PBX system enter the Asterisk console and reload Asterisk Use the command sip show peers at the console This will display the extensions that are registered at the IP PBX system This completes the basic set up for the 6757i phone with 1234 extension at the Asterisk IP PBX system Refer to Asterisk documentation for set up on extended or ...

Page 985: ......

Page 986: ...n This appendix provides sample configuration files for the 6757i 6757i CT and 6753i Topics This appendix covers the following topics Topic Page Sample Configuration Files page C 2 6757i Sample Configuration File page C 2 6757i CT Sample Configuration File page C 10 6753i Sample Configuration File page C 23 ...

Page 987: ... a pound For Boolean fields 0 false 1 true Comments This file contains sample configurations for the aastra cfg model cfg or mac cfg file The settings included here are examples only You should change comment the values to suit your requirements Not all possible paramters are shown refer to the admin guide for the full list of supported parameters their defaults and valid ranges The Aastra 6737i 6...

Page 988: ...the Options list on the phone or the web interface If DHCP is disabled the following network settings will have to be configured manually either through the configuration files the Options List in the phone or the Web Client IP Address of the phone Subnet Mask Gateway DNS and TFTP Server Network Settings Notes If DHCP is enabled you do not need to set these network settings Although depending on y...

Page 989: ...ue means the time server is disabled NAT Settings Option 1 If you are using a session border controller you should set the outbound proxy to the session border controller address sip outbound proxy sbc aastra com sip outbound proxy port 0 a value of 0 enables SRV lookups for the address of the proxy Option 2 If you know the public IP address of your NAT device and and have opened up a port for the...

Page 990: ...load protocol TFTP valid values are TFTP FTP and HTTP TFTP server settings tftp server 192 168 0 130 alternate tftp server use alternate tftp server 1 If your DHCP server assigns a TFTP server address which you do not use you can use the alternate tftp server FTP server settings ftp server 192 168 0 131 can be IP or FQDN ftp username aastra ftp password 6757iaastra HTTP server settings for http bo...

Page 991: ...hes any number inside the brackets can be used with a to represent a range expression grouping either or If the dialled number doesn t match the dial plan then the call is rejected sip digit timeout 3 set the inter digit timeout in seconds Example dial plans sip dial plan x xx this is the default dial string note that is must be quoted since it contains a character sip dial plan 01 xxx 2 8 xxxx 91...

Page 992: ...phone That is L1 to L4 on the 6757i and 6757iCT L1 to L3 on the 6753i These can be over ridden on a per line basis using the per line settings See the Admin Guide for a detailed explaination of how this works sip screen name Joe Smith the name display on the phone s screen sip user name 4256 the phone number sip display name Joseph Smith the caller name sent out when making a call sip vmail 78 the...

Page 993: ...ken from the global settings above sip line3 screen name Support sip line3 user name 4000 sip line3 display name Aastra Support sip line3 auth name support sip line3 password 54321 sip line3 mode 1 sip line3 vmail 78 configure line 5 a soft key line as an ordinary line of a test server sip line5 screen name Test 1 sip line5 user name 5551001 sip line5 display name Test 1 sip line5 auth name 555100...

Page 994: ...with it as seen here in the default softkey settings SOFTKEY TYPES line speeddial blf list dnd SOFTKEY LABEL Alpha numeric name for the softkey The maximum number of characters for this value is 10 for speeddials and dnd 9 chars for lines blf SOFTKEY VALUE If softkey type is a speeddial any DTMFs from 0 9 or a comma for 500ms pause and E for On hook can be set for the value If softkey type is blf ...

Page 995: ... 0 false 1 true Comments This file contains sample configurations for the aastra cfg model cfg or mac cfg file The settings included here are examples only You should change comment the values to suit your requirements Not all possible paramters are shown refer to the admin guide for the full list of supported parameters their defaults and valid ranges The Aastra 6737i 6757i 6757iCT and 6753i phon...

Page 996: ...s in the model cfg and the aastra cfg files DHCP Setting dhcp 1 DHCP enabled DHCP 0 false means DHCP is disabled 1 true means DHCP is enabled Notes DHCP is normally set from the Options list on the phone or the web interface If DHCP is disabled the following network settings will have to be configured manually either through the configuration files the Options List in the phone or the Web Client I...

Page 997: ...me server and enter at time server2 least one time server IP address or time server3 qualified domain name Time Server Disabled 0 false means the time server is not disabled 1 true means the time server is disabled NAT Settings Option 1 If you are using a session border controller you should set the outbound proxy to the session border controller address sip outbound proxy sbc aastra com sip outbo...

Page 998: ...erver Settings Notes This section defines which server the phone retrieves new firmware images and configuration files from Three protocols are supported TFTP FTP and HTTP download protocol TFTP valid values are TFTP FTP and HTTP TFTP server settings tftp server 192 168 0 130 alternate tftp server use alternate tftp server 1 If your DHCP server assigns a TFTP server address which you do not use yo...

Page 999: ... timeout occurs The dial plan is a regular expression that supports the following syntax 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 matches the keypad symbols x matches any digit 0 9 matches 0 or more repetitions of the previous expression matches any number inside the brackets can be used with a to represent a range expression grouping either or If the dialled number doesn t match the dial plan then the call is rejecte...

Page 1000: ...P Settings sip session timer 30 enable support of RFC4028 the default value of 0 disables this functionality sip transport protocol 0 use UDP 1 TCP 2 or both 0 for sip messaging sip use basic codecs 1 limit codecs to G711 and G729 sip out of band dtmf 0 turn off support for RFC2833 on by default Global SIP User Settings Notes These settings are used as the default configuration for the hard key li...

Page 1001: ...oadSoft SCA line 2 Reserved sip proxy ip proxy aastra com IP address or FQDN of proxy sip proxy port 5060 port used for SIP messages on the proxy Set to 0 to enable SRV lookups sip registrar ip aastra com IP address or FQDN of registrar sip registrar port 0 as proxy port but for the registrar sip registration period 3600 registration period in seconds Per line SIP Settings configure line 3 as the ...

Page 1002: ... since these are unique to each phone Notes There are a maximum of 18 softkeys that can be configured on the 6757i or 6757iCT phone These can be set up through either of the 2 configuration files depending on whether this is to be server wide aastra cfg or phone specific mac cfg Each softkey needs to be numbered from 1 18 for example softkey12 type speeddial Softkeys can be set up as speeddials or...

Page 1003: ...ady hardcoded as the L1 L2 L3 and L4 hard key line call appearances Speed Dials softkey1 type speeddial softkey1 label Ext Pickup softkey1 value 8 softkey2 type speeddial softkey2 label Call Return softkey2 value 69 DND Key softkey4 type dnd softkey4 label DND Line appearance softkey6 type line softkey6 label Test 1 softkey6 line 5 blf softkey8 type blf softkey8 label Jane Doe softkey8 value 4559 ...

Page 1004: ...ey has the following settings N corresponds to the feature key that is being configured for and ranges from 0 14 Feature key N En label String Feature key N Fr label Fr String Feature key N Sp label Sp String Feature key N control 1 Takes an integer value Feature key N hs event 1 Takes an integer value Feature key N base event 1 Takes an integer value key list version 1 The parameter value has to ...

Page 1005: ... events Events can be local to the handset like directory caller s list intercom etc or may be an event that is sent to the base set for fruther processing When this key is configured as a base event then the base set will process the value of this key in conjunction with the value configured for the Feature key N base event Where N is the feature key is being configured for In addition to the val...

Page 1006: ...ture key 0 En label Line 1 Feature key 0 Fr label Fr Line 1 Feature key 0 Sp label Sp Line 1 Feature key 0 control 0 Feature key 0 hs event 7 Feature key 0 base event 1 Feature key 1 En label Conf Feature key 1 Fr label Fr Conf Feature key 1 Sp label Sp Conf Feature key 1 control 1 Feature key 1 hs event 8 Feature key 1 base event 12 Feature key 2 En label Xfer Feature key 2 Fr label Fr Xfer Featu...

Page 1007: ...13 Feature key 6 En label Top Feature key 6 Fr label Fr Top Feature key 6 Sp label Sp Top Feature key 6 hs event 17 Feature key 6 control 1 Feature key 6 base event 13 Feature key 7 En label Redial Feature key 7 Fr label Fr Redial Feature key 7 Sp label Sp Redial Feature key 7 hs event 60 Feature key 7 control 4 Feature key 7 base event 13 Feature key 8 En label Dir Feature key 8 Fr label Fr Dir F...

Page 1008: ...ins sample configurations for the aastra cfg model cfg or mac cfg file The settings included here are examples only You should change comment the values to suit your requirements Not all possible paramters are shown refer to the admin guide for the full list of supported parameters their defaults and valid ranges The Aastra 6737i 6757i 6757iCT and 6753i phones will download 2 configuration files f...

Page 1009: ...CP enabled DHCP 0 false means DHCP is disabled 1 true means DHCP is enabled Notes DHCP is normally set from the Options list on the phone or the web interface If DHCP is disabled the following network settings will have to be configured manually either through the configuration files the Options List in the phone or the Web Client IP Address of the phone Subnet Mask Gateway DNS and TFTP Server Net...

Page 1010: ...AT Settings Option 2 If you are using a session border controller you should set the outbound proxy to the session border controller address sip outbound proxy sbc aastra com sip outbound proxy port 0 a value of 0 enables SRV lookups for the address of the proxy Option 3 If you know the public IP address of your NAT device and and have opened up a port for the SIP messages then you can statically ...

Page 1011: ...1 If your DHCP server assigns a TFTP server address which you do not use you can use the alternate tftp server FTP server settings ftp server 192 168 0 131 can be IP or FQDN ftp username aastra ftp password 6757iaastra HTTP server settings for http bogus aastra com firmware http server bogus aastra com can be IP or FQDN http path firmware Dial Plan Settings Notes As you dial a number on the phone ...

Page 1012: ... the dialled number doesn t match the dial plan then the call is rejected sip digit timeout 3 set the inter digit timeout in seconds Example dial plans sip dial plan x xx this is the default dial string note that is must be quoted since it contains a character sip dial plan 01 xxx 2 8 xxxx 91xxxxxxxxxx accecpt any 4 digit number beginning with a 0 or 1 any 5 digit number beginning with a number be...

Page 1013: ... phone That is L1 to L4 on the 6757i and 6757iCT L1 to L3 on the 6753i These can be over ridden on a per line basis using the per line settings See the Admin Guide for a detailed explaination of how this works sip screen name Joe Smith the name display on the phone s screen sip user name 4256 the phone number sip display name Joseph Smith the caller name sent out when making a call sip vmail 78 th...

Page 1014: ...from the global settings above sip line3 screen name Support sip line3 user name 4000 sip line3 display name Aastra Support sip line3 auth name support sip line3 password 54321 sip line3 mode 1 sip line3 vmail 78 configure line 5 a soft key line as an ordinary line of a test server sip line5 screen name Test 1 sip line5 user name 5551001 sip line5 display name Test 1 sip line5 auth name 5551001 si...

Page 1015: ...le keys can be set up as speeddials or as additional call line appearances or as feature keys and have a type value and line associated with it as seen here in the default programmable settings PRGKEY TYPES line speeddial blf list dnd PRGKEY VALUE If prgkey type is a speeddial any DTMFs from 0 9 or a comma for 500ms pause and E for On hook can be set for the value If prgkey type is blf it is the e...

Page 1016: ...41 001343 01 Rev 02 Release 3 2 2 C 31 prgkey5 line 1 list prgkey6 type list prgkey7 type list ...

Page 1017: ......

Page 1018: ...Appendix Introduction This appendix provides sample BLF softkey settings for both the Asterisk server and the BroadSoft BroadWorks server Topics This appendix covers the following topics Topic Page Sample BLF Softkey Settings page D 2 Asterisk BLF page D 2 BroadSoft BroadWorks BLF page D 3 ...

Page 1019: ...upport on Aastra IP phones 6737i 6757i and 6757i CT Configuration Parameters for Asterisk BLF softkey1 type blf softkey1 value 9995551212 softkey1 label John softkey1 line 1 6753i Configuration Parameters for Asterisk BLF prgkey1 type blf prgkey1 value 9995551212 prgkey1 label John prgkey1 line 1 prgkey7 type blf prgkey7 value 9995551313 prgkey7 label Jane prgkey7 line 1 ...

Page 1020: ...list softkey2 label softkey2 value softkey2 line 1 list uri sip my6757i blf list as broadsoft com 6753i Configuration Parameters for Broadsoft BroadWorks BLF prgkey5 type list prgkey5 line 1 prgkey6 type list prgkey7 line 1 list uri sip my53i blf list as broadsoft com Note One softkey must be defined of type list for EACH monitored user So if there are 2 users being monitored 2 softkeys must be de...

Page 1021: ......

Page 1022: ... Sample Multiple Proxy Server Configuration About this Appendix Introduction This appendix provides a sample multiple proxy server configuration Topics This appendix covers the following topics Topic Page Multiple Proxy Server Configuration page E 2 ...

Page 1023: ...pulate all lines even if there is only one account line 1 sip line1 auth name sip line1 password sip line1 mode 0 sip line1 user name sip line1 display name sip line1 screen name sip line1 proxy ip sip line1 proxy port 5060 sip line1 registrar ip sip line1 registrar port 5060 sip registration period 600 Continued line 2 sip line2 auth name sip line2 password sip line2 mode 0 sip line2 user name si...

Page 1024: ...Rev 02 Release 3 2 2 E 3 sip line4 user name sip line4 display name sip line4 screen name sip line4 proxy ip sip line4 proxy port 5060 sip line4 registrar ip sip line4 registrar port 5060 sip registration period 500 ...

Page 1025: ......

Page 1026: ...uipment of any particular telephone company This warranty does not extend to damage to products resulting from improper installation or operation alteration accident neglect abuse misuse fire or natural causes such as storms or floods after the telephone is in your possession Aastra Telecom shall not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages including but not limited to loss damage or ...

Page 1027: ...e You are responsible for all shipping charges For further information and shipping instructions In North America contact our service information number 1 800 574 1611 Outside North America contact your sales representative Repairs to this product may be made only by the manufacturer and its authorized agents or by others who are legally authorized This restriction applies during and after the war...

Page 1028: ...cklight mode 6755i 6757i 6757i CT A 65 A 66 barge in 5 107 A 186 Basic Preferences 3 20 Basic settings Call Forward Mode 3 23 call hol reminder during active calls 3 22 call hold reminder 3 22 call waiting 3 21 digit timeout 3 20 display dtmf digits 3 21 DND key mode 3 23 goodbye key cancels incoming call 3 23 incoming call interrupts dialing 3 21 LLDP ELIN 3 23 local dial plan 3 20 MWI Line 3 23 ...

Page 1029: ...d protocol 3 64 download server HTTPS sserver 3 66 FTP password 3 66 FTP path 3 65 FTP server 3 65 FTP username 3 66 HTTP path 3 66 HTTP port 3 66 HTTP server 3 66 primary TFTP 3 64 select TFTP 3 65 TFTP path 3 64 3 65 XML application post list 3 68 configuration file precedence 1 43 methods for performing 2 2 configuration file description of 1 42 configuration files installing 1 43 using 2 16 co...

Page 1030: ...ter set 5 49 Ethernet cable 1 3 expansion module customizing columns for 5 344 A 234 expansion module M670i 1 4 expansion module M675i 1 4 F feature keys 5 135 configuring 5 147 A 219 feature keys configuring 5 146 5 151 feature keys guidelines for programming 5 148 firmware configuration server requirement for 1 41 description of 1 42 installation considerations 1 39 installation methods 1 39 ins...

Page 1031: ...rs list 1 6 1 9 conference 1 6 1 9 delete 1 7 1 10 directory 1 7 1 10 goodbye 1 6 1 9 hold 1 6 1 9 line 1 7 1 10 navigation 1 6 1 9 options 1 6 1 9 programmable 1 7 1 10 redial 1 6 1 9 save 1 7 1 10 services 1 7 1 10 speaker 1 6 1 9 transfer 1 6 1 9 volume control 1 6 1 9 L LAN Port 3 37 Language character sets 5 49 language 1 thru 4 3 33 language overview 5 43 specifying on IP phone 5 46 WebPage ...

Page 1032: ...r 3 40 TURN user ID 3 41 network settings basic 3 36 4 3 DHCP 3 36 Ethernet PC Port and LAN Port 3 37 gateway 3 36 hostname 3 37 IP Address 3 36 primary DNS 3 37 secondary DNS 3 37 subnet mask 3 36 network settings configuring 4 23 none key 5 140 5 149 NTP time servers 3 39 O operational features 5 5 operational features advanced 6 3 configuring line number 6 5 configuring MAC address 6 5 configur...

Page 1033: ...3 local SIP UDP TCP port A 33 locking SAVE and DELTE keys 6753i A 232 locking softkeys and programmable keys A 229 MAC Address Line Number A 101 mapping key A 195 message waiting indicator A 159 missed call summary subscription period A 108 missed call summary subscription global A 107 missed call summary subscription per line A 108 Missed Calls Indicator settings A 140 MWI request URI A 160 NAT A...

Page 1034: ...ity 1 thru 4 3 29 emergency 3 29 enabling 3 28 external 3 28 group 3 28 internal 3 28 priority 3 29 programmable keys 5 135 about 1 7 1 10 configuring 5 144 public key 5 150 Q QoS 4 51 R Reason Header field in SIP message 6 48 Redial key 1 18 redial key 1 6 1 9 1 32 enabling disabling 5 114 mapping as speeddial 5 115 repair 0 1 requirements IP phone 1 40 restarting IP phone 3 14 ring tone global r...

Page 1035: ...e 3 48 SIP settings network backup proxy port 3 50 backup proxy server 3 50 backup registrar port 3 51 backup registrar server 3 51 outbound proxy port 3 50 outbound proxy server 3 50 proxy port 3 50 proxy server 3 50 registrar port 3 51 registrar server 3 51 registration period 3 51 SIP Settings RTP Basic Codecs 3 57 customized Codec preference list 3 57 DTMF method 3 57 Force RFC2833 Out of Band...

Page 1036: ...ication 4 66 4 67 A 74 A 84 global BLA 5 202 per line BLA 5 202 user 2 10 V VLAN 3 45 configuring 4 51 DSCP Range 4 52 global priority non IP packet 3 45 global VLAN enable 3 45 LAN Port SIP RTP RTCP Priority 3 45 LAN Port VLAN ID 3 45 PC Port priority 3 46 PC Port VLAN ID 3 46 priority mapping 4 52 voicemail overview 5 287 using 5 288 voicemail configuring 5 287 volume control keys 1 6 1 9 minimu...

Page 1037: ......

Page 1038: ...edia5 Corporation M5T tm All intellectual property rights in such portions of the software and documentation are owned by M5T and are protected by Canadian copyright laws other applicable copyright laws and international treaty provisions M5T and its suppliers retain all rights not expressly granted MD5 RSA Copyright C 1991 2 RSA Data Security Inc Created 1991 All rights reserved License to copy a...

Page 1039: ...roject 6 Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit http www openssl org THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT AS IS AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR ...

Page 1040: ...umentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgement This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com The word cryptographic can be left out if the rouines from the library being used are not cryptographic related 4 If you include any Wi...

Page 1041: ...ISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Wind River Systems VxWorks software The VxWorks Run Time software module is Copyright c WindRiver Systems Inc all rights reserved It is licensed for use not sold All use of this product and the VxWorks Run Time module is subject to agreement with the following EULA terms With respect to the Run Time Module Wind River and its licensors are third party benefici...

Page 1042: ...f ninety days after delivery by Intel If such a defect is found return the media to Intel for replacement or alternate delivery of the Software as Intel may select EXCLUSION OF OTHER WARRANTIES EXCEPT AS PROVIDED ABOVE THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF ANY KIND INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY NONINFRINGEMENT OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Intel ...

Page 1043: ...orized and or unlawful use While every effort has been made to ensure accuracy Aastra Telecom Inc will not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained within this documentation The information contained in this documentation is subject to change without notice Copyright Aastra Telecom Inc www aastra com ...

Reviews:

No comments

Related manuals for 6700i Series

Rath 2100 Series Installation & Operation Manual preview
2100 Series
Brand: Rath Pages: 6
Rath 2100 Series Operation Manual preview
2100 Series
Brand: Rath Pages: 6
Panasonic EBX70 - CELL PHONE Technical Information preview
EBX70 - CELL PHONE
Brand: Panasonic Pages: 4
Panasonic EB-GD93 Technical Manual preview
EB-GD93
Brand: Panasonic Pages: 46
Panasonic EB-GD90 Technical Manual preview
EB-GD90
Brand: Panasonic Pages: 38
Panasonic EB-GD30 Technical Manual preview
EB-GD30
Brand: Panasonic Pages: 45
Samsung SM-T220 User Manual preview
SM-T220
Brand: Samsung Pages: 114
Samsung SGH-P408 User Manual preview
SGH-P408
Brand: Samsung Pages: 8
Samsung SCH-a610 Series Quick Reference Manual preview
SCH-a610 Series
Brand: Samsung Pages: 12
Samsung GT-S5830 Quick Start Manual preview
GT-S5830
Brand: Samsung Pages: 28
Samsung GT-I9100T Quick Start Manual preview
GT-I9100T
Brand: Samsung Pages: 28
Samsung GT-I8190 Quick Start Manual preview
GT-I8190
Brand: Samsung Pages: 35
Telesis ITS821 Installation And User Manual preview
ITS821
Brand: Telesis Pages: 11
Mitsubishi Trium T300 User Manual preview
Trium T300
Brand: Mitsubishi Pages: 72
TCL Alcatel Idol4 Repair Document preview
Alcatel Idol4
Brand: TCL Pages: 61
B Mobile HK QW130 Use Manual preview
QW130
Brand: B Mobile HK Pages: 43
Brava DM-994 User Manual preview
DM-994
Brand: Brava Pages: 97
Blackberry 7100x Getting Started Manual preview
7100x
Brand: Blackberry Pages: 28

Brands by name

Popular brands

Load more brands